linux/net/core/dev.c

6727 lines
166 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/*
* NET3 Protocol independent device support routines.
*
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License
* as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version
* 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* Derived from the non IP parts of dev.c 1.0.19
* Authors: Ross Biro
* Fred N. van Kempen, <waltje@uWalt.NL.Mugnet.ORG>
* Mark Evans, <evansmp@uhura.aston.ac.uk>
*
* Additional Authors:
* Florian la Roche <rzsfl@rz.uni-sb.de>
* Alan Cox <gw4pts@gw4pts.ampr.org>
* David Hinds <dahinds@users.sourceforge.net>
* Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
* Adam Sulmicki <adam@cfar.umd.edu>
* Pekka Riikonen <priikone@poesidon.pspt.fi>
*
* Changes:
* D.J. Barrow : Fixed bug where dev->refcnt gets set
* to 2 if register_netdev gets called
* before net_dev_init & also removed a
* few lines of code in the process.
* Alan Cox : device private ioctl copies fields back.
* Alan Cox : Transmit queue code does relevant
* stunts to keep the queue safe.
* Alan Cox : Fixed double lock.
* Alan Cox : Fixed promisc NULL pointer trap
* ???????? : Support the full private ioctl range
* Alan Cox : Moved ioctl permission check into
* drivers
* Tim Kordas : SIOCADDMULTI/SIOCDELMULTI
* Alan Cox : 100 backlog just doesn't cut it when
* you start doing multicast video 8)
* Alan Cox : Rewrote net_bh and list manager.
* Alan Cox : Fix ETH_P_ALL echoback lengths.
* Alan Cox : Took out transmit every packet pass
* Saved a few bytes in the ioctl handler
* Alan Cox : Network driver sets packet type before
* calling netif_rx. Saves a function
* call a packet.
* Alan Cox : Hashed net_bh()
* Richard Kooijman: Timestamp fixes.
* Alan Cox : Wrong field in SIOCGIFDSTADDR
* Alan Cox : Device lock protection.
* Alan Cox : Fixed nasty side effect of device close
* changes.
* Rudi Cilibrasi : Pass the right thing to
* set_mac_address()
* Dave Miller : 32bit quantity for the device lock to
* make it work out on a Sparc.
* Bjorn Ekwall : Added KERNELD hack.
* Alan Cox : Cleaned up the backlog initialise.
* Craig Metz : SIOCGIFCONF fix if space for under
* 1 device.
* Thomas Bogendoerfer : Return ENODEV for dev_open, if there
* is no device open function.
* Andi Kleen : Fix error reporting for SIOCGIFCONF
* Michael Chastain : Fix signed/unsigned for SIOCGIFCONF
* Cyrus Durgin : Cleaned for KMOD
* Adam Sulmicki : Bug Fix : Network Device Unload
* A network device unload needs to purge
* the backlog queue.
* Paul Rusty Russell : SIOCSIFNAME
* Pekka Riikonen : Netdev boot-time settings code
* Andrew Morton : Make unregister_netdevice wait
* indefinitely on dev->refcnt
* J Hadi Salim : - Backlog queue sampling
* - netif_rx() feedback
*/
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
#include <linux/bitops.h>
#include <linux/capability.h>
#include <linux/cpu.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/hash.h>
include cleanup: Update gfp.h and slab.h includes to prepare for breaking implicit slab.h inclusion from percpu.h percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies. percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is used as the basis of conversion. http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py The script does the followings. * Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used, gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h. * When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered - alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there doesn't seem to be any matching order. * If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the file. The conversion was done in the following steps. 1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400 files. 2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion, some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added inclusions to around 150 files. 3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits from #2 to make sure no file was left behind. 4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed. e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually. 5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as necessary. 6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h. 7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq). * x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config. * powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig * sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig * ia64 SMP allmodconfig * s390 SMP allmodconfig * alpha SMP allmodconfig * um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig 8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as a separate patch and serve as bisection point. Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step 6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch. If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of the specific arch. Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org> Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org> Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
2010-03-24 16:04:11 +08:00
#include <linux/slab.h>
#include <linux/sched.h>
#include <linux/mutex.h>
#include <linux/string.h>
#include <linux/mm.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>
#include <linux/sockios.h>
#include <linux/errno.h>
#include <linux/interrupt.h>
#include <linux/if_ether.h>
#include <linux/netdevice.h>
#include <linux/etherdevice.h>
#include <linux/ethtool.h>
#include <linux/notifier.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <net/net_namespace.h>
#include <net/sock.h>
#include <linux/rtnetlink.h>
#include <linux/stat.h>
#include <net/dst.h>
#include <net/pkt_sched.h>
#include <net/checksum.h>
#include <net/xfrm.h>
#include <linux/highmem.h>
#include <linux/init.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/netpoll.h>
#include <linux/rcupdate.h>
#include <linux/delay.h>
#include <net/iw_handler.h>
#include <asm/current.h>
#include <linux/audit.h>
#include <linux/dmaengine.h>
#include <linux/err.h>
#include <linux/ctype.h>
#include <linux/if_arp.h>
#include <linux/if_vlan.h>
#include <linux/ip.h>
#include <net/ip.h>
#include <linux/ipv6.h>
#include <linux/in.h>
#include <linux/jhash.h>
#include <linux/random.h>
#include <trace/events/napi.h>
#include <trace/events/net.h>
#include <trace/events/skb.h>
#include <linux/pci.h>
#include <linux/inetdevice.h>
#include <linux/cpu_rmap.h>
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
#include <linux/static_key.h>
#include <linux/hashtable.h>
#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
#include "net-sysfs.h"
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
/* Instead of increasing this, you should create a hash table. */
#define MAX_GRO_SKBS 8
/* This should be increased if a protocol with a bigger head is added. */
#define GRO_MAX_HEAD (MAX_HEADER + 128)
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(ptype_lock);
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(offload_lock);
struct list_head ptype_base[PTYPE_HASH_SIZE] __read_mostly;
struct list_head ptype_all __read_mostly; /* Taps */
static struct list_head offload_base __read_mostly;
/*
* The @dev_base_head list is protected by @dev_base_lock and the rtnl
* semaphore.
*
* Pure readers hold dev_base_lock for reading, or rcu_read_lock()
*
* Writers must hold the rtnl semaphore while they loop through the
* dev_base_head list, and hold dev_base_lock for writing when they do the
* actual updates. This allows pure readers to access the list even
* while a writer is preparing to update it.
*
* To put it another way, dev_base_lock is held for writing only to
* protect against pure readers; the rtnl semaphore provides the
* protection against other writers.
*
* See, for example usages, register_netdevice() and
* unregister_netdevice(), which must be called with the rtnl
* semaphore held.
*/
DEFINE_RWLOCK(dev_base_lock);
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_base_lock);
/* protects napi_hash addition/deletion and napi_gen_id */
static DEFINE_SPINLOCK(napi_hash_lock);
static unsigned int napi_gen_id;
static DEFINE_HASHTABLE(napi_hash, 8);
static seqcount_t devnet_rename_seq;
static inline void dev_base_seq_inc(struct net *net)
{
while (++net->dev_base_seq == 0);
}
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static inline struct hlist_head *dev_name_hash(struct net *net, const char *name)
{
unsigned int hash = full_name_hash(name, strnlen(name, IFNAMSIZ));
return &net->dev_name_head[hash_32(hash, NETDEV_HASHBITS)];
}
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static inline struct hlist_head *dev_index_hash(struct net *net, int ifindex)
{
return &net->dev_index_head[ifindex & (NETDEV_HASHENTRIES - 1)];
}
static inline void rps_lock(struct softnet_data *sd)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
spin_lock(&sd->input_pkt_queue.lock);
#endif
}
static inline void rps_unlock(struct softnet_data *sd)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
spin_unlock(&sd->input_pkt_queue.lock);
#endif
}
/* Device list insertion */
static void list_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
ASSERT_RTNL();
write_lock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
list_add_tail_rcu(&dev->dev_list, &net->dev_base_head);
hlist_add_head_rcu(&dev->name_hlist, dev_name_hash(net, dev->name));
hlist_add_head_rcu(&dev->index_hlist,
dev_index_hash(net, dev->ifindex));
write_unlock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
dev_base_seq_inc(net);
}
/* Device list removal
* caller must respect a RCU grace period before freeing/reusing dev
*/
static void unlist_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
/* Unlink dev from the device chain */
write_lock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
list_del_rcu(&dev->dev_list);
hlist_del_rcu(&dev->name_hlist);
hlist_del_rcu(&dev->index_hlist);
write_unlock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
dev_base_seq_inc(dev_net(dev));
}
/*
* Our notifier list
*/
static RAW_NOTIFIER_HEAD(netdev_chain);
/*
* Device drivers call our routines to queue packets here. We empty the
* queue in the local softnet handler.
*/
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
DEFINE_PER_CPU_ALIGNED(struct softnet_data, softnet_data);
EXPORT_PER_CPU_SYMBOL(softnet_data);
#ifdef CONFIG_LOCKDEP
/*
* register_netdevice() inits txq->_xmit_lock and sets lockdep class
* according to dev->type
*/
static const unsigned short netdev_lock_type[] =
{ARPHRD_NETROM, ARPHRD_ETHER, ARPHRD_EETHER, ARPHRD_AX25,
ARPHRD_PRONET, ARPHRD_CHAOS, ARPHRD_IEEE802, ARPHRD_ARCNET,
ARPHRD_APPLETLK, ARPHRD_DLCI, ARPHRD_ATM, ARPHRD_METRICOM,
ARPHRD_IEEE1394, ARPHRD_EUI64, ARPHRD_INFINIBAND, ARPHRD_SLIP,
ARPHRD_CSLIP, ARPHRD_SLIP6, ARPHRD_CSLIP6, ARPHRD_RSRVD,
ARPHRD_ADAPT, ARPHRD_ROSE, ARPHRD_X25, ARPHRD_HWX25,
ARPHRD_PPP, ARPHRD_CISCO, ARPHRD_LAPB, ARPHRD_DDCMP,
ARPHRD_RAWHDLC, ARPHRD_TUNNEL, ARPHRD_TUNNEL6, ARPHRD_FRAD,
ARPHRD_SKIP, ARPHRD_LOOPBACK, ARPHRD_LOCALTLK, ARPHRD_FDDI,
ARPHRD_BIF, ARPHRD_SIT, ARPHRD_IPDDP, ARPHRD_IPGRE,
ARPHRD_PIMREG, ARPHRD_HIPPI, ARPHRD_ASH, ARPHRD_ECONET,
ARPHRD_IRDA, ARPHRD_FCPP, ARPHRD_FCAL, ARPHRD_FCPL,
ARPHRD_FCFABRIC, ARPHRD_IEEE80211, ARPHRD_IEEE80211_PRISM,
ARPHRD_IEEE80211_RADIOTAP, ARPHRD_PHONET, ARPHRD_PHONET_PIPE,
ARPHRD_IEEE802154, ARPHRD_VOID, ARPHRD_NONE};
static const char *const netdev_lock_name[] =
{"_xmit_NETROM", "_xmit_ETHER", "_xmit_EETHER", "_xmit_AX25",
"_xmit_PRONET", "_xmit_CHAOS", "_xmit_IEEE802", "_xmit_ARCNET",
"_xmit_APPLETLK", "_xmit_DLCI", "_xmit_ATM", "_xmit_METRICOM",
"_xmit_IEEE1394", "_xmit_EUI64", "_xmit_INFINIBAND", "_xmit_SLIP",
"_xmit_CSLIP", "_xmit_SLIP6", "_xmit_CSLIP6", "_xmit_RSRVD",
"_xmit_ADAPT", "_xmit_ROSE", "_xmit_X25", "_xmit_HWX25",
"_xmit_PPP", "_xmit_CISCO", "_xmit_LAPB", "_xmit_DDCMP",
"_xmit_RAWHDLC", "_xmit_TUNNEL", "_xmit_TUNNEL6", "_xmit_FRAD",
"_xmit_SKIP", "_xmit_LOOPBACK", "_xmit_LOCALTLK", "_xmit_FDDI",
"_xmit_BIF", "_xmit_SIT", "_xmit_IPDDP", "_xmit_IPGRE",
"_xmit_PIMREG", "_xmit_HIPPI", "_xmit_ASH", "_xmit_ECONET",
"_xmit_IRDA", "_xmit_FCPP", "_xmit_FCAL", "_xmit_FCPL",
"_xmit_FCFABRIC", "_xmit_IEEE80211", "_xmit_IEEE80211_PRISM",
"_xmit_IEEE80211_RADIOTAP", "_xmit_PHONET", "_xmit_PHONET_PIPE",
"_xmit_IEEE802154", "_xmit_VOID", "_xmit_NONE"};
static struct lock_class_key netdev_xmit_lock_key[ARRAY_SIZE(netdev_lock_type)];
static struct lock_class_key netdev_addr_lock_key[ARRAY_SIZE(netdev_lock_type)];
static inline unsigned short netdev_lock_pos(unsigned short dev_type)
{
int i;
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(netdev_lock_type); i++)
if (netdev_lock_type[i] == dev_type)
return i;
/* the last key is used by default */
return ARRAY_SIZE(netdev_lock_type) - 1;
}
static inline void netdev_set_xmit_lockdep_class(spinlock_t *lock,
unsigned short dev_type)
{
int i;
i = netdev_lock_pos(dev_type);
lockdep_set_class_and_name(lock, &netdev_xmit_lock_key[i],
netdev_lock_name[i]);
}
static inline void netdev_set_addr_lockdep_class(struct net_device *dev)
{
int i;
i = netdev_lock_pos(dev->type);
lockdep_set_class_and_name(&dev->addr_list_lock,
&netdev_addr_lock_key[i],
netdev_lock_name[i]);
}
#else
static inline void netdev_set_xmit_lockdep_class(spinlock_t *lock,
unsigned short dev_type)
{
}
static inline void netdev_set_addr_lockdep_class(struct net_device *dev)
{
}
#endif
/*******************************************************************************
Protocol management and registration routines
*******************************************************************************/
/*
* Add a protocol ID to the list. Now that the input handler is
* smarter we can dispense with all the messy stuff that used to be
* here.
*
* BEWARE!!! Protocol handlers, mangling input packets,
* MUST BE last in hash buckets and checking protocol handlers
* MUST start from promiscuous ptype_all chain in net_bh.
* It is true now, do not change it.
* Explanation follows: if protocol handler, mangling packet, will
* be the first on list, it is not able to sense, that packet
* is cloned and should be copied-on-write, so that it will
* change it and subsequent readers will get broken packet.
* --ANK (980803)
*/
static inline struct list_head *ptype_head(const struct packet_type *pt)
{
if (pt->type == htons(ETH_P_ALL))
return &ptype_all;
else
return &ptype_base[ntohs(pt->type) & PTYPE_HASH_MASK];
}
/**
* dev_add_pack - add packet handler
* @pt: packet type declaration
*
* Add a protocol handler to the networking stack. The passed &packet_type
* is linked into kernel lists and may not be freed until it has been
* removed from the kernel lists.
*
* This call does not sleep therefore it can not
* guarantee all CPU's that are in middle of receiving packets
* will see the new packet type (until the next received packet).
*/
void dev_add_pack(struct packet_type *pt)
{
struct list_head *head = ptype_head(pt);
spin_lock(&ptype_lock);
list_add_rcu(&pt->list, head);
spin_unlock(&ptype_lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_add_pack);
/**
* __dev_remove_pack - remove packet handler
* @pt: packet type declaration
*
* Remove a protocol handler that was previously added to the kernel
* protocol handlers by dev_add_pack(). The passed &packet_type is removed
* from the kernel lists and can be freed or reused once this function
* returns.
*
* The packet type might still be in use by receivers
* and must not be freed until after all the CPU's have gone
* through a quiescent state.
*/
void __dev_remove_pack(struct packet_type *pt)
{
struct list_head *head = ptype_head(pt);
struct packet_type *pt1;
spin_lock(&ptype_lock);
list_for_each_entry(pt1, head, list) {
if (pt == pt1) {
list_del_rcu(&pt->list);
goto out;
}
}
pr_warn("dev_remove_pack: %p not found\n", pt);
out:
spin_unlock(&ptype_lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__dev_remove_pack);
/**
* dev_remove_pack - remove packet handler
* @pt: packet type declaration
*
* Remove a protocol handler that was previously added to the kernel
* protocol handlers by dev_add_pack(). The passed &packet_type is removed
* from the kernel lists and can be freed or reused once this function
* returns.
*
* This call sleeps to guarantee that no CPU is looking at the packet
* type after return.
*/
void dev_remove_pack(struct packet_type *pt)
{
__dev_remove_pack(pt);
synchronize_net();
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_remove_pack);
/**
* dev_add_offload - register offload handlers
* @po: protocol offload declaration
*
* Add protocol offload handlers to the networking stack. The passed
* &proto_offload is linked into kernel lists and may not be freed until
* it has been removed from the kernel lists.
*
* This call does not sleep therefore it can not
* guarantee all CPU's that are in middle of receiving packets
* will see the new offload handlers (until the next received packet).
*/
void dev_add_offload(struct packet_offload *po)
{
struct list_head *head = &offload_base;
spin_lock(&offload_lock);
list_add_rcu(&po->list, head);
spin_unlock(&offload_lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_add_offload);
/**
* __dev_remove_offload - remove offload handler
* @po: packet offload declaration
*
* Remove a protocol offload handler that was previously added to the
* kernel offload handlers by dev_add_offload(). The passed &offload_type
* is removed from the kernel lists and can be freed or reused once this
* function returns.
*
* The packet type might still be in use by receivers
* and must not be freed until after all the CPU's have gone
* through a quiescent state.
*/
void __dev_remove_offload(struct packet_offload *po)
{
struct list_head *head = &offload_base;
struct packet_offload *po1;
spin_lock(&offload_lock);
list_for_each_entry(po1, head, list) {
if (po == po1) {
list_del_rcu(&po->list);
goto out;
}
}
pr_warn("dev_remove_offload: %p not found\n", po);
out:
spin_unlock(&offload_lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__dev_remove_offload);
/**
* dev_remove_offload - remove packet offload handler
* @po: packet offload declaration
*
* Remove a packet offload handler that was previously added to the kernel
* offload handlers by dev_add_offload(). The passed &offload_type is
* removed from the kernel lists and can be freed or reused once this
* function returns.
*
* This call sleeps to guarantee that no CPU is looking at the packet
* type after return.
*/
void dev_remove_offload(struct packet_offload *po)
{
__dev_remove_offload(po);
synchronize_net();
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_remove_offload);
/******************************************************************************
Device Boot-time Settings Routines
*******************************************************************************/
/* Boot time configuration table */
static struct netdev_boot_setup dev_boot_setup[NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX];
/**
* netdev_boot_setup_add - add new setup entry
* @name: name of the device
* @map: configured settings for the device
*
* Adds new setup entry to the dev_boot_setup list. The function
* returns 0 on error and 1 on success. This is a generic routine to
* all netdevices.
*/
static int netdev_boot_setup_add(char *name, struct ifmap *map)
{
struct netdev_boot_setup *s;
int i;
s = dev_boot_setup;
for (i = 0; i < NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX; i++) {
if (s[i].name[0] == '\0' || s[i].name[0] == ' ') {
memset(s[i].name, 0, sizeof(s[i].name));
strlcpy(s[i].name, name, IFNAMSIZ);
memcpy(&s[i].map, map, sizeof(s[i].map));
break;
}
}
return i >= NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX ? 0 : 1;
}
/**
* netdev_boot_setup_check - check boot time settings
* @dev: the netdevice
*
* Check boot time settings for the device.
* The found settings are set for the device to be used
* later in the device probing.
* Returns 0 if no settings found, 1 if they are.
*/
int netdev_boot_setup_check(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct netdev_boot_setup *s = dev_boot_setup;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX; i++) {
if (s[i].name[0] != '\0' && s[i].name[0] != ' ' &&
!strcmp(dev->name, s[i].name)) {
dev->irq = s[i].map.irq;
dev->base_addr = s[i].map.base_addr;
dev->mem_start = s[i].map.mem_start;
dev->mem_end = s[i].map.mem_end;
return 1;
}
}
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_boot_setup_check);
/**
* netdev_boot_base - get address from boot time settings
* @prefix: prefix for network device
* @unit: id for network device
*
* Check boot time settings for the base address of device.
* The found settings are set for the device to be used
* later in the device probing.
* Returns 0 if no settings found.
*/
unsigned long netdev_boot_base(const char *prefix, int unit)
{
const struct netdev_boot_setup *s = dev_boot_setup;
char name[IFNAMSIZ];
int i;
sprintf(name, "%s%d", prefix, unit);
/*
* If device already registered then return base of 1
* to indicate not to probe for this interface
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (__dev_get_by_name(&init_net, name))
return 1;
for (i = 0; i < NETDEV_BOOT_SETUP_MAX; i++)
if (!strcmp(name, s[i].name))
return s[i].map.base_addr;
return 0;
}
/*
* Saves at boot time configured settings for any netdevice.
*/
int __init netdev_boot_setup(char *str)
{
int ints[5];
struct ifmap map;
str = get_options(str, ARRAY_SIZE(ints), ints);
if (!str || !*str)
return 0;
/* Save settings */
memset(&map, 0, sizeof(map));
if (ints[0] > 0)
map.irq = ints[1];
if (ints[0] > 1)
map.base_addr = ints[2];
if (ints[0] > 2)
map.mem_start = ints[3];
if (ints[0] > 3)
map.mem_end = ints[4];
/* Add new entry to the list */
return netdev_boot_setup_add(str, &map);
}
__setup("netdev=", netdev_boot_setup);
/*******************************************************************************
Device Interface Subroutines
*******************************************************************************/
/**
* __dev_get_by_name - find a device by its name
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @name: name to find
*
* Find an interface by name. Must be called under RTNL semaphore
* or @dev_base_lock. If the name is found a pointer to the device
* is returned. If the name is not found then %NULL is returned. The
* reference counters are not incremented so the caller must be
* careful with locks.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *__dev_get_by_name(struct net *net, const char *name)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct hlist_head *head = dev_name_hash(net, name);
hlist: drop the node parameter from iterators I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member) The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter: hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member) Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate. Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required: - Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h - Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones. - A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this was modified to use 'obj->member' instead. - Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator properly, so those had to be fixed up manually. The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here: @@ iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host; type T; expression a,c,d,e; identifier b; statement S; @@ -T b; <+... when != b ( hlist_for_each_entry(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_from(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a, - b, c) S | for_each_busy_worker(a, c, - b, d) S | ax25_uid_for_each(a, - b, c) S | ax25_for_each(a, - b, c) S | inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a, - b, c) S | sctp_for_each_hentry(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each_rcu(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each_from -(a, b) +(a) S + sk_for_each_from(a) S | sk_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | sk_for_each_bound(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a, - b, c, d, e) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a, - b, c) S | nr_neigh_for_each(a, - b, c) S | nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | nr_node_for_each(a, - b, c) S | nr_node_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | - for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S + for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S | - for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S + for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S | for_each_host(a, - b, c) S | for_each_host_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | for_each_mesh_entry(a, - b, c, d) S ) ...+> [akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings] [akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes] Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com> Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com> Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com> Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-02-28 09:06:00 +08:00
hlist_for_each_entry(dev, head, name_hlist)
if (!strncmp(dev->name, name, IFNAMSIZ))
return dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__dev_get_by_name);
/**
* dev_get_by_name_rcu - find a device by its name
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @name: name to find
*
* Find an interface by name.
* If the name is found a pointer to the device is returned.
* If the name is not found then %NULL is returned.
* The reference counters are not incremented so the caller must be
* careful with locks. The caller must hold RCU lock.
*/
struct net_device *dev_get_by_name_rcu(struct net *net, const char *name)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct hlist_head *head = dev_name_hash(net, name);
hlist: drop the node parameter from iterators I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member) The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter: hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member) Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate. Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required: - Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h - Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones. - A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this was modified to use 'obj->member' instead. - Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator properly, so those had to be fixed up manually. The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here: @@ iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host; type T; expression a,c,d,e; identifier b; statement S; @@ -T b; <+... when != b ( hlist_for_each_entry(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_from(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a, - b, c) S | for_each_busy_worker(a, c, - b, d) S | ax25_uid_for_each(a, - b, c) S | ax25_for_each(a, - b, c) S | inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a, - b, c) S | sctp_for_each_hentry(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each_rcu(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each_from -(a, b) +(a) S + sk_for_each_from(a) S | sk_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | sk_for_each_bound(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a, - b, c, d, e) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a, - b, c) S | nr_neigh_for_each(a, - b, c) S | nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | nr_node_for_each(a, - b, c) S | nr_node_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | - for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S + for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S | - for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S + for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S | for_each_host(a, - b, c) S | for_each_host_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | for_each_mesh_entry(a, - b, c, d) S ) ...+> [akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings] [akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes] Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com> Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com> Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com> Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-02-28 09:06:00 +08:00
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(dev, head, name_hlist)
if (!strncmp(dev->name, name, IFNAMSIZ))
return dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_by_name_rcu);
/**
* dev_get_by_name - find a device by its name
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @name: name to find
*
* Find an interface by name. This can be called from any
* context and does its own locking. The returned handle has
* the usage count incremented and the caller must use dev_put() to
* release it when it is no longer needed. %NULL is returned if no
* matching device is found.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *dev_get_by_name(struct net *net, const char *name)
{
struct net_device *dev;
rcu_read_lock();
dev = dev_get_by_name_rcu(net, name);
if (dev)
dev_hold(dev);
rcu_read_unlock();
return dev;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_by_name);
/**
* __dev_get_by_index - find a device by its ifindex
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @ifindex: index of device
*
* Search for an interface by index. Returns %NULL if the device
* is not found or a pointer to the device. The device has not
* had its reference counter increased so the caller must be careful
* about locking. The caller must hold either the RTNL semaphore
* or @dev_base_lock.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *__dev_get_by_index(struct net *net, int ifindex)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct hlist_head *head = dev_index_hash(net, ifindex);
hlist: drop the node parameter from iterators I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member) The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter: hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member) Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate. Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required: - Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h - Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones. - A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this was modified to use 'obj->member' instead. - Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator properly, so those had to be fixed up manually. The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here: @@ iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host; type T; expression a,c,d,e; identifier b; statement S; @@ -T b; <+... when != b ( hlist_for_each_entry(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_from(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a, - b, c) S | for_each_busy_worker(a, c, - b, d) S | ax25_uid_for_each(a, - b, c) S | ax25_for_each(a, - b, c) S | inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a, - b, c) S | sctp_for_each_hentry(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each_rcu(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each_from -(a, b) +(a) S + sk_for_each_from(a) S | sk_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | sk_for_each_bound(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a, - b, c, d, e) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a, - b, c) S | nr_neigh_for_each(a, - b, c) S | nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | nr_node_for_each(a, - b, c) S | nr_node_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | - for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S + for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S | - for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S + for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S | for_each_host(a, - b, c) S | for_each_host_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | for_each_mesh_entry(a, - b, c, d) S ) ...+> [akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings] [akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes] Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com> Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com> Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com> Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-02-28 09:06:00 +08:00
hlist_for_each_entry(dev, head, index_hlist)
if (dev->ifindex == ifindex)
return dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__dev_get_by_index);
/**
* dev_get_by_index_rcu - find a device by its ifindex
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @ifindex: index of device
*
* Search for an interface by index. Returns %NULL if the device
* is not found or a pointer to the device. The device has not
* had its reference counter increased so the caller must be careful
* about locking. The caller must hold RCU lock.
*/
struct net_device *dev_get_by_index_rcu(struct net *net, int ifindex)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct hlist_head *head = dev_index_hash(net, ifindex);
hlist: drop the node parameter from iterators I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member) The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter: hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member) Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate. Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required: - Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h - Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones. - A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this was modified to use 'obj->member' instead. - Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator properly, so those had to be fixed up manually. The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here: @@ iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host; type T; expression a,c,d,e; identifier b; statement S; @@ -T b; <+... when != b ( hlist_for_each_entry(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_from(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a, - b, c, d) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a, - b, c) S | for_each_busy_worker(a, c, - b, d) S | ax25_uid_for_each(a, - b, c) S | ax25_for_each(a, - b, c) S | inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a, - b, c) S | sctp_for_each_hentry(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each_rcu(a, - b, c) S | sk_for_each_from -(a, b) +(a) S + sk_for_each_from(a) S | sk_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | sk_for_each_bound(a, - b, c) S | hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a, - b, c, d, e) S | hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a, - b, c) S | nr_neigh_for_each(a, - b, c) S | nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | nr_node_for_each(a, - b, c) S | nr_node_for_each_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | - for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S + for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S | - for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S + for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S | for_each_host(a, - b, c) S | for_each_host_safe(a, - b, c, d) S | for_each_mesh_entry(a, - b, c, d) S ) ...+> [akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes] [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings] [akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes] Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com> Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com> Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com> Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2013-02-28 09:06:00 +08:00
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(dev, head, index_hlist)
if (dev->ifindex == ifindex)
return dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_by_index_rcu);
/**
* dev_get_by_index - find a device by its ifindex
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @ifindex: index of device
*
* Search for an interface by index. Returns NULL if the device
* is not found or a pointer to the device. The device returned has
* had a reference added and the pointer is safe until the user calls
* dev_put to indicate they have finished with it.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *dev_get_by_index(struct net *net, int ifindex)
{
struct net_device *dev;
rcu_read_lock();
dev = dev_get_by_index_rcu(net, ifindex);
if (dev)
dev_hold(dev);
rcu_read_unlock();
return dev;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_by_index);
/**
* netdev_get_name - get a netdevice name, knowing its ifindex.
* @net: network namespace
* @name: a pointer to the buffer where the name will be stored.
* @ifindex: the ifindex of the interface to get the name from.
*
* The use of raw_seqcount_begin() and cond_resched() before
* retrying is required as we want to give the writers a chance
* to complete when CONFIG_PREEMPT is not set.
*/
int netdev_get_name(struct net *net, char *name, int ifindex)
{
struct net_device *dev;
unsigned int seq;
retry:
seq = raw_seqcount_begin(&devnet_rename_seq);
rcu_read_lock();
dev = dev_get_by_index_rcu(net, ifindex);
if (!dev) {
rcu_read_unlock();
return -ENODEV;
}
strcpy(name, dev->name);
rcu_read_unlock();
if (read_seqcount_retry(&devnet_rename_seq, seq)) {
cond_resched();
goto retry;
}
return 0;
}
/**
* dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu - find a device by its hardware address
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @type: media type of device
* @ha: hardware address
*
* Search for an interface by MAC address. Returns NULL if the device
* is not found or a pointer to the device.
* The caller must hold RCU or RTNL.
* The returned device has not had its ref count increased
* and the caller must therefore be careful about locking
*
*/
struct net_device *dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu(struct net *net, unsigned short type,
const char *ha)
{
struct net_device *dev;
for_each_netdev_rcu(net, dev)
if (dev->type == type &&
!memcmp(dev->dev_addr, ha, dev->addr_len))
return dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_getbyhwaddr_rcu);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *__dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type)
{
struct net_device *dev;
ASSERT_RTNL();
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
for_each_netdev(net, dev)
if (dev->type == type)
return dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__dev_getfirstbyhwtype);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net_device *dev_getfirstbyhwtype(struct net *net, unsigned short type)
{
struct net_device *dev, *ret = NULL;
rcu_read_lock();
for_each_netdev_rcu(net, dev)
if (dev->type == type) {
dev_hold(dev);
ret = dev;
break;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_getfirstbyhwtype);
/**
* dev_get_by_flags_rcu - find any device with given flags
* @net: the applicable net namespace
* @if_flags: IFF_* values
* @mask: bitmask of bits in if_flags to check
*
* Search for any interface with the given flags. Returns NULL if a device
* is not found or a pointer to the device. Must be called inside
* rcu_read_lock(), and result refcount is unchanged.
*/
struct net_device *dev_get_by_flags_rcu(struct net *net, unsigned short if_flags,
unsigned short mask)
{
struct net_device *dev, *ret;
ret = NULL;
for_each_netdev_rcu(net, dev) {
if (((dev->flags ^ if_flags) & mask) == 0) {
ret = dev;
break;
}
}
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_by_flags_rcu);
/**
* dev_valid_name - check if name is okay for network device
* @name: name string
*
* Network device names need to be valid file names to
* to allow sysfs to work. We also disallow any kind of
* whitespace.
*/
bool dev_valid_name(const char *name)
{
if (*name == '\0')
return false;
if (strlen(name) >= IFNAMSIZ)
return false;
if (!strcmp(name, ".") || !strcmp(name, ".."))
return false;
while (*name) {
if (*name == '/' || isspace(*name))
return false;
name++;
}
return true;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_valid_name);
/**
* __dev_alloc_name - allocate a name for a device
* @net: network namespace to allocate the device name in
* @name: name format string
* @buf: scratch buffer and result name string
*
* Passed a format string - eg "lt%d" it will try and find a suitable
* id. It scans list of devices to build up a free map, then chooses
* the first empty slot. The caller must hold the dev_base or rtnl lock
* while allocating the name and adding the device in order to avoid
* duplicates.
* Limited to bits_per_byte * page size devices (ie 32K on most platforms).
* Returns the number of the unit assigned or a negative errno code.
*/
static int __dev_alloc_name(struct net *net, const char *name, char *buf)
{
int i = 0;
const char *p;
const int max_netdevices = 8*PAGE_SIZE;
unsigned long *inuse;
struct net_device *d;
p = strnchr(name, IFNAMSIZ-1, '%');
if (p) {
/*
* Verify the string as this thing may have come from
* the user. There must be either one "%d" and no other "%"
* characters.
*/
if (p[1] != 'd' || strchr(p + 2, '%'))
return -EINVAL;
/* Use one page as a bit array of possible slots */
inuse = (unsigned long *) get_zeroed_page(GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!inuse)
return -ENOMEM;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
for_each_netdev(net, d) {
if (!sscanf(d->name, name, &i))
continue;
if (i < 0 || i >= max_netdevices)
continue;
/* avoid cases where sscanf is not exact inverse of printf */
snprintf(buf, IFNAMSIZ, name, i);
if (!strncmp(buf, d->name, IFNAMSIZ))
set_bit(i, inuse);
}
i = find_first_zero_bit(inuse, max_netdevices);
free_page((unsigned long) inuse);
}
if (buf != name)
snprintf(buf, IFNAMSIZ, name, i);
if (!__dev_get_by_name(net, buf))
return i;
/* It is possible to run out of possible slots
* when the name is long and there isn't enough space left
* for the digits, or if all bits are used.
*/
return -ENFILE;
}
/**
* dev_alloc_name - allocate a name for a device
* @dev: device
* @name: name format string
*
* Passed a format string - eg "lt%d" it will try and find a suitable
* id. It scans list of devices to build up a free map, then chooses
* the first empty slot. The caller must hold the dev_base or rtnl lock
* while allocating the name and adding the device in order to avoid
* duplicates.
* Limited to bits_per_byte * page size devices (ie 32K on most platforms).
* Returns the number of the unit assigned or a negative errno code.
*/
int dev_alloc_name(struct net_device *dev, const char *name)
{
char buf[IFNAMSIZ];
struct net *net;
int ret;
BUG_ON(!dev_net(dev));
net = dev_net(dev);
ret = __dev_alloc_name(net, name, buf);
if (ret >= 0)
strlcpy(dev->name, buf, IFNAMSIZ);
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_alloc_name);
static int dev_alloc_name_ns(struct net *net,
struct net_device *dev,
const char *name)
{
char buf[IFNAMSIZ];
int ret;
ret = __dev_alloc_name(net, name, buf);
if (ret >= 0)
strlcpy(dev->name, buf, IFNAMSIZ);
return ret;
}
static int dev_get_valid_name(struct net *net,
struct net_device *dev,
const char *name)
{
BUG_ON(!net);
if (!dev_valid_name(name))
return -EINVAL;
if (strchr(name, '%'))
return dev_alloc_name_ns(net, dev, name);
else if (__dev_get_by_name(net, name))
return -EEXIST;
else if (dev->name != name)
strlcpy(dev->name, name, IFNAMSIZ);
return 0;
}
/**
* dev_change_name - change name of a device
* @dev: device
* @newname: name (or format string) must be at least IFNAMSIZ
*
* Change name of a device, can pass format strings "eth%d".
* for wildcarding.
*/
int dev_change_name(struct net_device *dev, const char *newname)
{
char oldname[IFNAMSIZ];
int err = 0;
int ret;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net *net;
ASSERT_RTNL();
BUG_ON(!dev_net(dev));
net = dev_net(dev);
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP)
return -EBUSY;
write_seqcount_begin(&devnet_rename_seq);
if (strncmp(newname, dev->name, IFNAMSIZ) == 0) {
write_seqcount_end(&devnet_rename_seq);
return 0;
}
memcpy(oldname, dev->name, IFNAMSIZ);
err = dev_get_valid_name(net, dev, newname);
if (err < 0) {
write_seqcount_end(&devnet_rename_seq);
return err;
}
rollback:
ret = device_rename(&dev->dev, dev->name);
if (ret) {
memcpy(dev->name, oldname, IFNAMSIZ);
write_seqcount_end(&devnet_rename_seq);
return ret;
}
write_seqcount_end(&devnet_rename_seq);
write_lock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
hlist_del_rcu(&dev->name_hlist);
write_unlock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
synchronize_rcu();
write_lock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
hlist_add_head_rcu(&dev->name_hlist, dev_name_hash(net, dev->name));
write_unlock_bh(&dev_base_lock);
ret = call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGENAME, dev);
ret = notifier_to_errno(ret);
if (ret) {
/* err >= 0 after dev_alloc_name() or stores the first errno */
if (err >= 0) {
err = ret;
write_seqcount_begin(&devnet_rename_seq);
memcpy(dev->name, oldname, IFNAMSIZ);
goto rollback;
} else {
pr_err("%s: name change rollback failed: %d\n",
dev->name, ret);
}
}
return err;
}
/**
* dev_set_alias - change ifalias of a device
* @dev: device
* @alias: name up to IFALIASZ
* @len: limit of bytes to copy from info
*
* Set ifalias for a device,
*/
int dev_set_alias(struct net_device *dev, const char *alias, size_t len)
{
char *new_ifalias;
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (len >= IFALIASZ)
return -EINVAL;
if (!len) {
kfree(dev->ifalias);
dev->ifalias = NULL;
return 0;
}
new_ifalias = krealloc(dev->ifalias, len + 1, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!new_ifalias)
return -ENOMEM;
dev->ifalias = new_ifalias;
strlcpy(dev->ifalias, alias, len+1);
return len;
}
/**
* netdev_features_change - device changes features
* @dev: device to cause notification
*
* Called to indicate a device has changed features.
*/
void netdev_features_change(struct net_device *dev)
{
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_FEAT_CHANGE, dev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_features_change);
/**
* netdev_state_change - device changes state
* @dev: device to cause notification
*
* Called to indicate a device has changed state. This function calls
* the notifier chains for netdev_chain and sends a NEWLINK message
* to the routing socket.
*/
void netdev_state_change(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGE, dev);
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_NEWLINK, dev, 0);
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_state_change);
/**
* netdev_notify_peers - notify network peers about existence of @dev
* @dev: network device
*
* Generate traffic such that interested network peers are aware of
* @dev, such as by generating a gratuitous ARP. This may be used when
* a device wants to inform the rest of the network about some sort of
* reconfiguration such as a failover event or virtual machine
* migration.
*/
void netdev_notify_peers(struct net_device *dev)
{
rtnl_lock();
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_NOTIFY_PEERS, dev);
rtnl_unlock();
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_notify_peers);
static int __dev_open(struct net_device *dev)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
int ret;
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
netpoll: protect napi_poll and poll_controller during dev_[open|close] Ivan Vercera was recently backporting commit 9c13cb8bb477a83b9a3c9e5a5478a4e21294a760 to a RHEL kernel, and I noticed that, while this patch protects the tg3 driver from having its ndo_poll_controller routine called during device initalization, it does nothing for the driver during shutdown. I.e. it would be entirely possible to have the ndo_poll_controller method (or subsequently the ndo_poll) routine called for a driver in the netpoll path on CPU A while in parallel on CPU B, the ndo_close or ndo_open routine could be called. Given that the two latter routines tend to initizlize and free many data structures that the former two rely on, the result can easily be data corruption or various other crashes. Furthermore, it seems that this is potentially a problem with all net drivers that support netpoll, and so this should ideally be fixed in a common path. As Ben H Pointed out to me, we can't preform dev_open/dev_close in atomic context, so I've come up with this solution. We can use a mutex to sleep in open/close paths and just do a mutex_trylock in the napi poll path and abandon the poll attempt if we're locked, as we'll just retry the poll on the next send anyway. I've tested this here by flooding netconsole with messages on a system whos nic driver I modfied to periodically return NETDEV_TX_BUSY, so that the netpoll tx workqueue would be forced to send frames and poll the device. While this was going on I rapidly ifdown/up'ed the interface and watched for any problems. I've not found any. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com> CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 16:05:43 +08:00
/* Block netpoll from trying to do any rx path servicing.
* If we don't do this there is a chance ndo_poll_controller
* or ndo_poll may be running while we open the device
*/
netpoll_rx_disable(dev);
netpoll: protect napi_poll and poll_controller during dev_[open|close] Ivan Vercera was recently backporting commit 9c13cb8bb477a83b9a3c9e5a5478a4e21294a760 to a RHEL kernel, and I noticed that, while this patch protects the tg3 driver from having its ndo_poll_controller routine called during device initalization, it does nothing for the driver during shutdown. I.e. it would be entirely possible to have the ndo_poll_controller method (or subsequently the ndo_poll) routine called for a driver in the netpoll path on CPU A while in parallel on CPU B, the ndo_close or ndo_open routine could be called. Given that the two latter routines tend to initizlize and free many data structures that the former two rely on, the result can easily be data corruption or various other crashes. Furthermore, it seems that this is potentially a problem with all net drivers that support netpoll, and so this should ideally be fixed in a common path. As Ben H Pointed out to me, we can't preform dev_open/dev_close in atomic context, so I've come up with this solution. We can use a mutex to sleep in open/close paths and just do a mutex_trylock in the napi poll path and abandon the poll attempt if we're locked, as we'll just retry the poll on the next send anyway. I've tested this here by flooding netconsole with messages on a system whos nic driver I modfied to periodically return NETDEV_TX_BUSY, so that the netpoll tx workqueue would be forced to send frames and poll the device. While this was going on I rapidly ifdown/up'ed the interface and watched for any problems. I've not found any. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com> CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 16:05:43 +08:00
ret = call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_PRE_UP, dev);
ret = notifier_to_errno(ret);
if (ret)
return ret;
set_bit(__LINK_STATE_START, &dev->state);
if (ops->ndo_validate_addr)
ret = ops->ndo_validate_addr(dev);
if (!ret && ops->ndo_open)
ret = ops->ndo_open(dev);
netpoll: protect napi_poll and poll_controller during dev_[open|close] Ivan Vercera was recently backporting commit 9c13cb8bb477a83b9a3c9e5a5478a4e21294a760 to a RHEL kernel, and I noticed that, while this patch protects the tg3 driver from having its ndo_poll_controller routine called during device initalization, it does nothing for the driver during shutdown. I.e. it would be entirely possible to have the ndo_poll_controller method (or subsequently the ndo_poll) routine called for a driver in the netpoll path on CPU A while in parallel on CPU B, the ndo_close or ndo_open routine could be called. Given that the two latter routines tend to initizlize and free many data structures that the former two rely on, the result can easily be data corruption or various other crashes. Furthermore, it seems that this is potentially a problem with all net drivers that support netpoll, and so this should ideally be fixed in a common path. As Ben H Pointed out to me, we can't preform dev_open/dev_close in atomic context, so I've come up with this solution. We can use a mutex to sleep in open/close paths and just do a mutex_trylock in the napi poll path and abandon the poll attempt if we're locked, as we'll just retry the poll on the next send anyway. I've tested this here by flooding netconsole with messages on a system whos nic driver I modfied to periodically return NETDEV_TX_BUSY, so that the netpoll tx workqueue would be forced to send frames and poll the device. While this was going on I rapidly ifdown/up'ed the interface and watched for any problems. I've not found any. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com> CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 16:05:43 +08:00
netpoll_rx_enable(dev);
if (ret)
clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_START, &dev->state);
else {
dev->flags |= IFF_UP;
net_dmaengine_get();
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
dev_activate(dev);
add_device_randomness(dev->dev_addr, dev->addr_len);
}
return ret;
}
/**
* dev_open - prepare an interface for use.
* @dev: device to open
*
* Takes a device from down to up state. The device's private open
* function is invoked and then the multicast lists are loaded. Finally
* the device is moved into the up state and a %NETDEV_UP message is
* sent to the netdev notifier chain.
*
* Calling this function on an active interface is a nop. On a failure
* a negative errno code is returned.
*/
int dev_open(struct net_device *dev)
{
int ret;
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP)
return 0;
ret = __dev_open(dev);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_NEWLINK, dev, IFF_UP|IFF_RUNNING);
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UP, dev);
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_open);
static int __dev_close_many(struct list_head *head)
{
struct net_device *dev;
ASSERT_RTNL();
might_sleep();
list_for_each_entry(dev, head, unreg_list) {
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_GOING_DOWN, dev);
clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_START, &dev->state);
/* Synchronize to scheduled poll. We cannot touch poll list, it
* can be even on different cpu. So just clear netif_running().
*
* dev->stop() will invoke napi_disable() on all of it's
* napi_struct instances on this device.
*/
smp_mb__after_clear_bit(); /* Commit netif_running(). */
}
dev_deactivate_many(head);
list_for_each_entry(dev, head, unreg_list) {
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
/*
* Call the device specific close. This cannot fail.
* Only if device is UP
*
* We allow it to be called even after a DETACH hot-plug
* event.
*/
if (ops->ndo_stop)
ops->ndo_stop(dev);
dev->flags &= ~IFF_UP;
net_dmaengine_put();
}
return 0;
}
static int __dev_close(struct net_device *dev)
{
int retval;
LIST_HEAD(single);
netpoll: protect napi_poll and poll_controller during dev_[open|close] Ivan Vercera was recently backporting commit 9c13cb8bb477a83b9a3c9e5a5478a4e21294a760 to a RHEL kernel, and I noticed that, while this patch protects the tg3 driver from having its ndo_poll_controller routine called during device initalization, it does nothing for the driver during shutdown. I.e. it would be entirely possible to have the ndo_poll_controller method (or subsequently the ndo_poll) routine called for a driver in the netpoll path on CPU A while in parallel on CPU B, the ndo_close or ndo_open routine could be called. Given that the two latter routines tend to initizlize and free many data structures that the former two rely on, the result can easily be data corruption or various other crashes. Furthermore, it seems that this is potentially a problem with all net drivers that support netpoll, and so this should ideally be fixed in a common path. As Ben H Pointed out to me, we can't preform dev_open/dev_close in atomic context, so I've come up with this solution. We can use a mutex to sleep in open/close paths and just do a mutex_trylock in the napi poll path and abandon the poll attempt if we're locked, as we'll just retry the poll on the next send anyway. I've tested this here by flooding netconsole with messages on a system whos nic driver I modfied to periodically return NETDEV_TX_BUSY, so that the netpoll tx workqueue would be forced to send frames and poll the device. While this was going on I rapidly ifdown/up'ed the interface and watched for any problems. I've not found any. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com> CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 16:05:43 +08:00
/* Temporarily disable netpoll until the interface is down */
netpoll_rx_disable(dev);
netpoll: protect napi_poll and poll_controller during dev_[open|close] Ivan Vercera was recently backporting commit 9c13cb8bb477a83b9a3c9e5a5478a4e21294a760 to a RHEL kernel, and I noticed that, while this patch protects the tg3 driver from having its ndo_poll_controller routine called during device initalization, it does nothing for the driver during shutdown. I.e. it would be entirely possible to have the ndo_poll_controller method (or subsequently the ndo_poll) routine called for a driver in the netpoll path on CPU A while in parallel on CPU B, the ndo_close or ndo_open routine could be called. Given that the two latter routines tend to initizlize and free many data structures that the former two rely on, the result can easily be data corruption or various other crashes. Furthermore, it seems that this is potentially a problem with all net drivers that support netpoll, and so this should ideally be fixed in a common path. As Ben H Pointed out to me, we can't preform dev_open/dev_close in atomic context, so I've come up with this solution. We can use a mutex to sleep in open/close paths and just do a mutex_trylock in the napi poll path and abandon the poll attempt if we're locked, as we'll just retry the poll on the next send anyway. I've tested this here by flooding netconsole with messages on a system whos nic driver I modfied to periodically return NETDEV_TX_BUSY, so that the netpoll tx workqueue would be forced to send frames and poll the device. While this was going on I rapidly ifdown/up'ed the interface and watched for any problems. I've not found any. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com> CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 16:05:43 +08:00
list_add(&dev->unreg_list, &single);
retval = __dev_close_many(&single);
list_del(&single);
netpoll: protect napi_poll and poll_controller during dev_[open|close] Ivan Vercera was recently backporting commit 9c13cb8bb477a83b9a3c9e5a5478a4e21294a760 to a RHEL kernel, and I noticed that, while this patch protects the tg3 driver from having its ndo_poll_controller routine called during device initalization, it does nothing for the driver during shutdown. I.e. it would be entirely possible to have the ndo_poll_controller method (or subsequently the ndo_poll) routine called for a driver in the netpoll path on CPU A while in parallel on CPU B, the ndo_close or ndo_open routine could be called. Given that the two latter routines tend to initizlize and free many data structures that the former two rely on, the result can easily be data corruption or various other crashes. Furthermore, it seems that this is potentially a problem with all net drivers that support netpoll, and so this should ideally be fixed in a common path. As Ben H Pointed out to me, we can't preform dev_open/dev_close in atomic context, so I've come up with this solution. We can use a mutex to sleep in open/close paths and just do a mutex_trylock in the napi poll path and abandon the poll attempt if we're locked, as we'll just retry the poll on the next send anyway. I've tested this here by flooding netconsole with messages on a system whos nic driver I modfied to periodically return NETDEV_TX_BUSY, so that the netpoll tx workqueue would be forced to send frames and poll the device. While this was going on I rapidly ifdown/up'ed the interface and watched for any problems. I've not found any. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com> CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 16:05:43 +08:00
netpoll_rx_enable(dev);
return retval;
}
static int dev_close_many(struct list_head *head)
{
struct net_device *dev, *tmp;
LIST_HEAD(tmp_list);
list_for_each_entry_safe(dev, tmp, head, unreg_list)
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
list_move(&dev->unreg_list, &tmp_list);
__dev_close_many(head);
list_for_each_entry(dev, head, unreg_list) {
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_NEWLINK, dev, IFF_UP|IFF_RUNNING);
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_DOWN, dev);
}
/* rollback_registered_many needs the complete original list */
list_splice(&tmp_list, head);
return 0;
}
/**
* dev_close - shutdown an interface.
* @dev: device to shutdown
*
* This function moves an active device into down state. A
* %NETDEV_GOING_DOWN is sent to the netdev notifier chain. The device
* is then deactivated and finally a %NETDEV_DOWN is sent to the notifier
* chain.
*/
int dev_close(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
LIST_HEAD(single);
netpoll: protect napi_poll and poll_controller during dev_[open|close] Ivan Vercera was recently backporting commit 9c13cb8bb477a83b9a3c9e5a5478a4e21294a760 to a RHEL kernel, and I noticed that, while this patch protects the tg3 driver from having its ndo_poll_controller routine called during device initalization, it does nothing for the driver during shutdown. I.e. it would be entirely possible to have the ndo_poll_controller method (or subsequently the ndo_poll) routine called for a driver in the netpoll path on CPU A while in parallel on CPU B, the ndo_close or ndo_open routine could be called. Given that the two latter routines tend to initizlize and free many data structures that the former two rely on, the result can easily be data corruption or various other crashes. Furthermore, it seems that this is potentially a problem with all net drivers that support netpoll, and so this should ideally be fixed in a common path. As Ben H Pointed out to me, we can't preform dev_open/dev_close in atomic context, so I've come up with this solution. We can use a mutex to sleep in open/close paths and just do a mutex_trylock in the napi poll path and abandon the poll attempt if we're locked, as we'll just retry the poll on the next send anyway. I've tested this here by flooding netconsole with messages on a system whos nic driver I modfied to periodically return NETDEV_TX_BUSY, so that the netpoll tx workqueue would be forced to send frames and poll the device. While this was going on I rapidly ifdown/up'ed the interface and watched for any problems. I've not found any. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com> CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 16:05:43 +08:00
/* Block netpoll rx while the interface is going down */
netpoll_rx_disable(dev);
netpoll: protect napi_poll and poll_controller during dev_[open|close] Ivan Vercera was recently backporting commit 9c13cb8bb477a83b9a3c9e5a5478a4e21294a760 to a RHEL kernel, and I noticed that, while this patch protects the tg3 driver from having its ndo_poll_controller routine called during device initalization, it does nothing for the driver during shutdown. I.e. it would be entirely possible to have the ndo_poll_controller method (or subsequently the ndo_poll) routine called for a driver in the netpoll path on CPU A while in parallel on CPU B, the ndo_close or ndo_open routine could be called. Given that the two latter routines tend to initizlize and free many data structures that the former two rely on, the result can easily be data corruption or various other crashes. Furthermore, it seems that this is potentially a problem with all net drivers that support netpoll, and so this should ideally be fixed in a common path. As Ben H Pointed out to me, we can't preform dev_open/dev_close in atomic context, so I've come up with this solution. We can use a mutex to sleep in open/close paths and just do a mutex_trylock in the napi poll path and abandon the poll attempt if we're locked, as we'll just retry the poll on the next send anyway. I've tested this here by flooding netconsole with messages on a system whos nic driver I modfied to periodically return NETDEV_TX_BUSY, so that the netpoll tx workqueue would be forced to send frames and poll the device. While this was going on I rapidly ifdown/up'ed the interface and watched for any problems. I've not found any. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com> CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 16:05:43 +08:00
list_add(&dev->unreg_list, &single);
dev_close_many(&single);
list_del(&single);
netpoll: protect napi_poll and poll_controller during dev_[open|close] Ivan Vercera was recently backporting commit 9c13cb8bb477a83b9a3c9e5a5478a4e21294a760 to a RHEL kernel, and I noticed that, while this patch protects the tg3 driver from having its ndo_poll_controller routine called during device initalization, it does nothing for the driver during shutdown. I.e. it would be entirely possible to have the ndo_poll_controller method (or subsequently the ndo_poll) routine called for a driver in the netpoll path on CPU A while in parallel on CPU B, the ndo_close or ndo_open routine could be called. Given that the two latter routines tend to initizlize and free many data structures that the former two rely on, the result can easily be data corruption or various other crashes. Furthermore, it seems that this is potentially a problem with all net drivers that support netpoll, and so this should ideally be fixed in a common path. As Ben H Pointed out to me, we can't preform dev_open/dev_close in atomic context, so I've come up with this solution. We can use a mutex to sleep in open/close paths and just do a mutex_trylock in the napi poll path and abandon the poll attempt if we're locked, as we'll just retry the poll on the next send anyway. I've tested this here by flooding netconsole with messages on a system whos nic driver I modfied to periodically return NETDEV_TX_BUSY, so that the netpoll tx workqueue would be forced to send frames and poll the device. While this was going on I rapidly ifdown/up'ed the interface and watched for any problems. I've not found any. Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com> CC: Ivan Vecera <ivecera@redhat.com> CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> CC: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com> CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-02-05 16:05:43 +08:00
netpoll_rx_enable(dev);
}
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_close);
/**
* dev_disable_lro - disable Large Receive Offload on a device
* @dev: device
*
* Disable Large Receive Offload (LRO) on a net device. Must be
* called under RTNL. This is needed if received packets may be
* forwarded to another interface.
*/
void dev_disable_lro(struct net_device *dev)
{
/*
* If we're trying to disable lro on a vlan device
* use the underlying physical device instead
*/
if (is_vlan_dev(dev))
dev = vlan_dev_real_dev(dev);
dev->wanted_features &= ~NETIF_F_LRO;
netdev_update_features(dev);
if (unlikely(dev->features & NETIF_F_LRO))
netdev_WARN(dev, "failed to disable LRO!\n");
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_disable_lro);
static int call_netdevice_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb, unsigned long val,
struct net_device *dev)
{
struct netdev_notifier_info info;
netdev_notifier_info_init(&info, dev);
return nb->notifier_call(nb, val, &info);
}
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static int dev_boot_phase = 1;
/**
* register_netdevice_notifier - register a network notifier block
* @nb: notifier
*
* Register a notifier to be called when network device events occur.
* The notifier passed is linked into the kernel structures and must
* not be reused until it has been unregistered. A negative errno code
* is returned on a failure.
*
* When registered all registration and up events are replayed
* to the new notifier to allow device to have a race free
* view of the network device list.
*/
int register_netdevice_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct net_device *last;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
struct net *net;
int err;
rtnl_lock();
err = raw_notifier_chain_register(&netdev_chain, nb);
if (err)
goto unlock;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (dev_boot_phase)
goto unlock;
for_each_net(net) {
for_each_netdev(net, dev) {
err = call_netdevice_notifier(nb, NETDEV_REGISTER, dev);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
err = notifier_to_errno(err);
if (err)
goto rollback;
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
continue;
call_netdevice_notifier(nb, NETDEV_UP, dev);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
}
}
unlock:
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
rollback:
last = dev;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
for_each_net(net) {
for_each_netdev(net, dev) {
if (dev == last)
goto outroll;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
call_netdevice_notifier(nb, NETDEV_GOING_DOWN,
dev);
call_netdevice_notifier(nb, NETDEV_DOWN, dev);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
}
call_netdevice_notifier(nb, NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
}
}
outroll:
raw_notifier_chain_unregister(&netdev_chain, nb);
goto unlock;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(register_netdevice_notifier);
/**
* unregister_netdevice_notifier - unregister a network notifier block
* @nb: notifier
*
* Unregister a notifier previously registered by
* register_netdevice_notifier(). The notifier is unlinked into the
* kernel structures and may then be reused. A negative errno code
* is returned on a failure.
*
* After unregistering unregister and down device events are synthesized
* for all devices on the device list to the removed notifier to remove
* the need for special case cleanup code.
*/
int unregister_netdevice_notifier(struct notifier_block *nb)
{
struct net_device *dev;
struct net *net;
int err;
rtnl_lock();
err = raw_notifier_chain_unregister(&netdev_chain, nb);
if (err)
goto unlock;
for_each_net(net) {
for_each_netdev(net, dev) {
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
call_netdevice_notifier(nb, NETDEV_GOING_DOWN,
dev);
call_netdevice_notifier(nb, NETDEV_DOWN, dev);
}
call_netdevice_notifier(nb, NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
}
}
unlock:
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(unregister_netdevice_notifier);
/**
* call_netdevice_notifiers_info - call all network notifier blocks
* @val: value passed unmodified to notifier function
* @dev: net_device pointer passed unmodified to notifier function
* @info: notifier information data
*
* Call all network notifier blocks. Parameters and return value
* are as for raw_notifier_call_chain().
*/
int call_netdevice_notifiers_info(unsigned long val, struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_notifier_info *info)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
netdev_notifier_info_init(info, dev);
return raw_notifier_call_chain(&netdev_chain, val, info);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(call_netdevice_notifiers_info);
/**
* call_netdevice_notifiers - call all network notifier blocks
* @val: value passed unmodified to notifier function
* @dev: net_device pointer passed unmodified to notifier function
*
* Call all network notifier blocks. Parameters and return value
* are as for raw_notifier_call_chain().
*/
int call_netdevice_notifiers(unsigned long val, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct netdev_notifier_info info;
return call_netdevice_notifiers_info(val, dev, &info);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(call_netdevice_notifiers);
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
static struct static_key netstamp_needed __read_mostly;
net: dont call jump_label_dec from irq context Igor Maravic reported an error caused by jump_label_dec() being called from IRQ context : BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/mutex.c:271 in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 0, name: swapper 1 lock held by swapper/0: #0: (&n->timer){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff8107ce90>] call_timer_fn+0x0/0x340 Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 3.2.0-rc2-net-next-mpls+ #1 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104f417>] __might_sleep+0x137/0x1f0 [<ffffffff816b9a2f>] mutex_lock_nested+0x2f/0x370 [<ffffffff810a89fd>] ? trace_hardirqs_off+0xd/0x10 [<ffffffff8109a37f>] ? local_clock+0x6f/0x80 [<ffffffff810a90a5>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.22+0x15/0x1a0 [<ffffffff81557929>] ? sock_def_write_space+0x59/0x160 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff810969cd>] atomic_dec_and_mutex_lock+0x5d/0x80 [<ffffffff8112fc1d>] jump_label_dec+0x1d/0x50 [<ffffffff81566525>] net_disable_timestamp+0x15/0x20 [<ffffffff81557a75>] sock_disable_timestamp+0x45/0x50 [<ffffffff81557b00>] __sk_free+0x80/0x200 [<ffffffff815578d0>] ? sk_send_sigurg+0x70/0x70 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81557cba>] sock_wfree+0x3a/0x70 [<ffffffff8155c2b0>] skb_release_head_state+0x70/0x120 [<ffffffff8155c0b6>] __kfree_skb+0x16/0x30 [<ffffffff8155c119>] kfree_skb+0x49/0x170 [<ffffffff815e936e>] arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81575bd9>] neigh_invalidate+0x89/0xc0 [<ffffffff81578dbe>] neigh_timer_handler+0x9e/0x2a0 [<ffffffff81578d20>] ? neigh_update+0x640/0x640 [<ffffffff81073558>] __do_softirq+0xc8/0x3a0 Since jump_label_{inc|dec} must be called from process context only, we must defer jump_label_dec() if net_disable_timestamp() is called from interrupt context. Reported-by: Igor Maravic <igorm@etf.rs> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-28 19:16:50 +08:00
#ifdef HAVE_JUMP_LABEL
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
/* We are not allowed to call static_key_slow_dec() from irq context
net: dont call jump_label_dec from irq context Igor Maravic reported an error caused by jump_label_dec() being called from IRQ context : BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/mutex.c:271 in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 0, name: swapper 1 lock held by swapper/0: #0: (&n->timer){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff8107ce90>] call_timer_fn+0x0/0x340 Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 3.2.0-rc2-net-next-mpls+ #1 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104f417>] __might_sleep+0x137/0x1f0 [<ffffffff816b9a2f>] mutex_lock_nested+0x2f/0x370 [<ffffffff810a89fd>] ? trace_hardirqs_off+0xd/0x10 [<ffffffff8109a37f>] ? local_clock+0x6f/0x80 [<ffffffff810a90a5>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.22+0x15/0x1a0 [<ffffffff81557929>] ? sock_def_write_space+0x59/0x160 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff810969cd>] atomic_dec_and_mutex_lock+0x5d/0x80 [<ffffffff8112fc1d>] jump_label_dec+0x1d/0x50 [<ffffffff81566525>] net_disable_timestamp+0x15/0x20 [<ffffffff81557a75>] sock_disable_timestamp+0x45/0x50 [<ffffffff81557b00>] __sk_free+0x80/0x200 [<ffffffff815578d0>] ? sk_send_sigurg+0x70/0x70 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81557cba>] sock_wfree+0x3a/0x70 [<ffffffff8155c2b0>] skb_release_head_state+0x70/0x120 [<ffffffff8155c0b6>] __kfree_skb+0x16/0x30 [<ffffffff8155c119>] kfree_skb+0x49/0x170 [<ffffffff815e936e>] arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81575bd9>] neigh_invalidate+0x89/0xc0 [<ffffffff81578dbe>] neigh_timer_handler+0x9e/0x2a0 [<ffffffff81578d20>] ? neigh_update+0x640/0x640 [<ffffffff81073558>] __do_softirq+0xc8/0x3a0 Since jump_label_{inc|dec} must be called from process context only, we must defer jump_label_dec() if net_disable_timestamp() is called from interrupt context. Reported-by: Igor Maravic <igorm@etf.rs> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-28 19:16:50 +08:00
* If net_disable_timestamp() is called from irq context, defer the
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
* static_key_slow_dec() calls.
net: dont call jump_label_dec from irq context Igor Maravic reported an error caused by jump_label_dec() being called from IRQ context : BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/mutex.c:271 in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 0, name: swapper 1 lock held by swapper/0: #0: (&n->timer){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff8107ce90>] call_timer_fn+0x0/0x340 Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 3.2.0-rc2-net-next-mpls+ #1 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104f417>] __might_sleep+0x137/0x1f0 [<ffffffff816b9a2f>] mutex_lock_nested+0x2f/0x370 [<ffffffff810a89fd>] ? trace_hardirqs_off+0xd/0x10 [<ffffffff8109a37f>] ? local_clock+0x6f/0x80 [<ffffffff810a90a5>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.22+0x15/0x1a0 [<ffffffff81557929>] ? sock_def_write_space+0x59/0x160 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff810969cd>] atomic_dec_and_mutex_lock+0x5d/0x80 [<ffffffff8112fc1d>] jump_label_dec+0x1d/0x50 [<ffffffff81566525>] net_disable_timestamp+0x15/0x20 [<ffffffff81557a75>] sock_disable_timestamp+0x45/0x50 [<ffffffff81557b00>] __sk_free+0x80/0x200 [<ffffffff815578d0>] ? sk_send_sigurg+0x70/0x70 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81557cba>] sock_wfree+0x3a/0x70 [<ffffffff8155c2b0>] skb_release_head_state+0x70/0x120 [<ffffffff8155c0b6>] __kfree_skb+0x16/0x30 [<ffffffff8155c119>] kfree_skb+0x49/0x170 [<ffffffff815e936e>] arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81575bd9>] neigh_invalidate+0x89/0xc0 [<ffffffff81578dbe>] neigh_timer_handler+0x9e/0x2a0 [<ffffffff81578d20>] ? neigh_update+0x640/0x640 [<ffffffff81073558>] __do_softirq+0xc8/0x3a0 Since jump_label_{inc|dec} must be called from process context only, we must defer jump_label_dec() if net_disable_timestamp() is called from interrupt context. Reported-by: Igor Maravic <igorm@etf.rs> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-28 19:16:50 +08:00
*/
static atomic_t netstamp_needed_deferred;
#endif
void net_enable_timestamp(void)
{
net: dont call jump_label_dec from irq context Igor Maravic reported an error caused by jump_label_dec() being called from IRQ context : BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/mutex.c:271 in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 0, name: swapper 1 lock held by swapper/0: #0: (&n->timer){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff8107ce90>] call_timer_fn+0x0/0x340 Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 3.2.0-rc2-net-next-mpls+ #1 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104f417>] __might_sleep+0x137/0x1f0 [<ffffffff816b9a2f>] mutex_lock_nested+0x2f/0x370 [<ffffffff810a89fd>] ? trace_hardirqs_off+0xd/0x10 [<ffffffff8109a37f>] ? local_clock+0x6f/0x80 [<ffffffff810a90a5>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.22+0x15/0x1a0 [<ffffffff81557929>] ? sock_def_write_space+0x59/0x160 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff810969cd>] atomic_dec_and_mutex_lock+0x5d/0x80 [<ffffffff8112fc1d>] jump_label_dec+0x1d/0x50 [<ffffffff81566525>] net_disable_timestamp+0x15/0x20 [<ffffffff81557a75>] sock_disable_timestamp+0x45/0x50 [<ffffffff81557b00>] __sk_free+0x80/0x200 [<ffffffff815578d0>] ? sk_send_sigurg+0x70/0x70 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81557cba>] sock_wfree+0x3a/0x70 [<ffffffff8155c2b0>] skb_release_head_state+0x70/0x120 [<ffffffff8155c0b6>] __kfree_skb+0x16/0x30 [<ffffffff8155c119>] kfree_skb+0x49/0x170 [<ffffffff815e936e>] arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81575bd9>] neigh_invalidate+0x89/0xc0 [<ffffffff81578dbe>] neigh_timer_handler+0x9e/0x2a0 [<ffffffff81578d20>] ? neigh_update+0x640/0x640 [<ffffffff81073558>] __do_softirq+0xc8/0x3a0 Since jump_label_{inc|dec} must be called from process context only, we must defer jump_label_dec() if net_disable_timestamp() is called from interrupt context. Reported-by: Igor Maravic <igorm@etf.rs> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-28 19:16:50 +08:00
#ifdef HAVE_JUMP_LABEL
int deferred = atomic_xchg(&netstamp_needed_deferred, 0);
if (deferred) {
while (--deferred)
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
static_key_slow_dec(&netstamp_needed);
net: dont call jump_label_dec from irq context Igor Maravic reported an error caused by jump_label_dec() being called from IRQ context : BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/mutex.c:271 in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 0, name: swapper 1 lock held by swapper/0: #0: (&n->timer){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff8107ce90>] call_timer_fn+0x0/0x340 Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 3.2.0-rc2-net-next-mpls+ #1 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104f417>] __might_sleep+0x137/0x1f0 [<ffffffff816b9a2f>] mutex_lock_nested+0x2f/0x370 [<ffffffff810a89fd>] ? trace_hardirqs_off+0xd/0x10 [<ffffffff8109a37f>] ? local_clock+0x6f/0x80 [<ffffffff810a90a5>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.22+0x15/0x1a0 [<ffffffff81557929>] ? sock_def_write_space+0x59/0x160 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff810969cd>] atomic_dec_and_mutex_lock+0x5d/0x80 [<ffffffff8112fc1d>] jump_label_dec+0x1d/0x50 [<ffffffff81566525>] net_disable_timestamp+0x15/0x20 [<ffffffff81557a75>] sock_disable_timestamp+0x45/0x50 [<ffffffff81557b00>] __sk_free+0x80/0x200 [<ffffffff815578d0>] ? sk_send_sigurg+0x70/0x70 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81557cba>] sock_wfree+0x3a/0x70 [<ffffffff8155c2b0>] skb_release_head_state+0x70/0x120 [<ffffffff8155c0b6>] __kfree_skb+0x16/0x30 [<ffffffff8155c119>] kfree_skb+0x49/0x170 [<ffffffff815e936e>] arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81575bd9>] neigh_invalidate+0x89/0xc0 [<ffffffff81578dbe>] neigh_timer_handler+0x9e/0x2a0 [<ffffffff81578d20>] ? neigh_update+0x640/0x640 [<ffffffff81073558>] __do_softirq+0xc8/0x3a0 Since jump_label_{inc|dec} must be called from process context only, we must defer jump_label_dec() if net_disable_timestamp() is called from interrupt context. Reported-by: Igor Maravic <igorm@etf.rs> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-28 19:16:50 +08:00
return;
}
#endif
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
static_key_slow_inc(&netstamp_needed);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(net_enable_timestamp);
void net_disable_timestamp(void)
{
net: dont call jump_label_dec from irq context Igor Maravic reported an error caused by jump_label_dec() being called from IRQ context : BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at kernel/mutex.c:271 in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 0, name: swapper 1 lock held by swapper/0: #0: (&n->timer){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff8107ce90>] call_timer_fn+0x0/0x340 Pid: 0, comm: swapper Not tainted 3.2.0-rc2-net-next-mpls+ #1 Call Trace: <IRQ> [<ffffffff8104f417>] __might_sleep+0x137/0x1f0 [<ffffffff816b9a2f>] mutex_lock_nested+0x2f/0x370 [<ffffffff810a89fd>] ? trace_hardirqs_off+0xd/0x10 [<ffffffff8109a37f>] ? local_clock+0x6f/0x80 [<ffffffff810a90a5>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.22+0x15/0x1a0 [<ffffffff81557929>] ? sock_def_write_space+0x59/0x160 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff810969cd>] atomic_dec_and_mutex_lock+0x5d/0x80 [<ffffffff8112fc1d>] jump_label_dec+0x1d/0x50 [<ffffffff81566525>] net_disable_timestamp+0x15/0x20 [<ffffffff81557a75>] sock_disable_timestamp+0x45/0x50 [<ffffffff81557b00>] __sk_free+0x80/0x200 [<ffffffff815578d0>] ? sk_send_sigurg+0x70/0x70 [<ffffffff815e936e>] ? arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81557cba>] sock_wfree+0x3a/0x70 [<ffffffff8155c2b0>] skb_release_head_state+0x70/0x120 [<ffffffff8155c0b6>] __kfree_skb+0x16/0x30 [<ffffffff8155c119>] kfree_skb+0x49/0x170 [<ffffffff815e936e>] arp_error_report+0x3e/0x90 [<ffffffff81575bd9>] neigh_invalidate+0x89/0xc0 [<ffffffff81578dbe>] neigh_timer_handler+0x9e/0x2a0 [<ffffffff81578d20>] ? neigh_update+0x640/0x640 [<ffffffff81073558>] __do_softirq+0xc8/0x3a0 Since jump_label_{inc|dec} must be called from process context only, we must defer jump_label_dec() if net_disable_timestamp() is called from interrupt context. Reported-by: Igor Maravic <igorm@etf.rs> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-11-28 19:16:50 +08:00
#ifdef HAVE_JUMP_LABEL
if (in_interrupt()) {
atomic_inc(&netstamp_needed_deferred);
return;
}
#endif
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
static_key_slow_dec(&netstamp_needed);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(net_disable_timestamp);
static inline void net_timestamp_set(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
skb->tstamp.tv64 = 0;
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
if (static_key_false(&netstamp_needed))
__net_timestamp(skb);
}
#define net_timestamp_check(COND, SKB) \
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
if (static_key_false(&netstamp_needed)) { \
if ((COND) && !(SKB)->tstamp.tv64) \
__net_timestamp(SKB); \
} \
static inline bool is_skb_forwardable(struct net_device *dev,
struct sk_buff *skb)
{
unsigned int len;
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP))
return false;
len = dev->mtu + dev->hard_header_len + VLAN_HLEN;
if (skb->len <= len)
return true;
/* if TSO is enabled, we don't care about the length as the packet
* could be forwarded without being segmented before
*/
if (skb_is_gso(skb))
return true;
return false;
}
/**
* dev_forward_skb - loopback an skb to another netif
*
* @dev: destination network device
* @skb: buffer to forward
*
* return values:
* NET_RX_SUCCESS (no congestion)
* NET_RX_DROP (packet was dropped, but freed)
*
* dev_forward_skb can be used for injecting an skb from the
* start_xmit function of one device into the receive queue
* of another device.
*
* The receiving device may be in another namespace, so
* we have to clear all information in the skb that could
* impact namespace isolation.
*/
int dev_forward_skb(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
if (skb_shinfo(skb)->tx_flags & SKBTX_DEV_ZEROCOPY) {
if (skb_copy_ubufs(skb, GFP_ATOMIC)) {
atomic_long_inc(&dev->rx_dropped);
kfree_skb(skb);
return NET_RX_DROP;
}
}
if (unlikely(!is_skb_forwardable(dev, skb))) {
atomic_long_inc(&dev->rx_dropped);
kfree_skb(skb);
return NET_RX_DROP;
}
skb->protocol = eth_type_trans(skb, dev);
core/dev: set pkt_type after eth_type_trans() in dev_forward_skb() The dev_forward_skb() assignment of pkt_type should be done after the call to eth_type_trans(). ip-encapsulated packets can be handled by localhost. But skb->pkt_type can be PACKET_OTHERHOST when packet comes via veth into ip tunnel device. In that case, the packet is dropped by ip_rcv(). Although this example uses gretap. l2tp-eth also has same issue. For l2tp-eth case, add dummy device for ip address and ip l2tp command. netns A | root netns | netns B veth<->veth=bridge=gretap <-loop back-> gretap=bridge=veth<->veth arp packet -> pkt_type BROADCAST------------>ip_rcv()------------------------> <- arp reply pkt_type ip_rcv()<-----------------OTHERHOST drop sample operations ip link add tapa type gretap remote 172.17.107.4 local 172.17.107.3 ip link add tapb type gretap remote 172.17.107.3 local 172.17.107.4 ip link set tapa up ip link set tapb up ip address add 172.17.107.3 dev tapa ip address add 172.17.107.4 dev tapb ip route get 172.17.107.3 > local 172.17.107.3 dev lo src 172.17.107.3 > cache <local> ip route get 172.17.107.4 > local 172.17.107.4 dev lo src 172.17.107.4 > cache <local> ip link add vetha type veth peer name vetha-peer ip link add vethb type veth peer name vethb-peer brctl addbr bra brctl addbr brb brctl addif bra tapa brctl addif bra vetha-peer brctl addif brb tapb brctl addif brb vethb-peer brctl show > bridge name bridge id STP enabled interfaces > bra 8000.6ea21e758ff1 no tapa > vetha-peer > brb 8000.420020eb92d5 no tapb > vethb-peer ip link set vetha-peer up ip link set vethb-peer up ip link set bra up ip link set brb up ip netns add a ip netns add b ip link set vetha netns a ip link set vethb netns b ip netns exec a ip address add 10.0.0.3/24 dev vetha ip netns exec b ip address add 10.0.0.4/24 dev vethb ip netns exec a ip link set vetha up ip netns exec b ip link set vethb up ip netns exec a arping -I vetha 10.0.0.4 ARPING 10.0.0.4 from 10.0.0.3 vetha ^CSent 2 probes (2 broadcast(s)) Received 0 response(s) Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com> Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Cc: Hong Zhiguo <honkiko@gmail.com> Cc: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> Cc: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com> Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com> Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Cc: dev@openvswitch.org Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-02 19:30:10 +08:00
/* eth_type_trans() can set pkt_type.
* call skb_scrub_packet() after it to clear pkt_type _after_ calling
* eth_type_trans().
core/dev: set pkt_type after eth_type_trans() in dev_forward_skb() The dev_forward_skb() assignment of pkt_type should be done after the call to eth_type_trans(). ip-encapsulated packets can be handled by localhost. But skb->pkt_type can be PACKET_OTHERHOST when packet comes via veth into ip tunnel device. In that case, the packet is dropped by ip_rcv(). Although this example uses gretap. l2tp-eth also has same issue. For l2tp-eth case, add dummy device for ip address and ip l2tp command. netns A | root netns | netns B veth<->veth=bridge=gretap <-loop back-> gretap=bridge=veth<->veth arp packet -> pkt_type BROADCAST------------>ip_rcv()------------------------> <- arp reply pkt_type ip_rcv()<-----------------OTHERHOST drop sample operations ip link add tapa type gretap remote 172.17.107.4 local 172.17.107.3 ip link add tapb type gretap remote 172.17.107.3 local 172.17.107.4 ip link set tapa up ip link set tapb up ip address add 172.17.107.3 dev tapa ip address add 172.17.107.4 dev tapb ip route get 172.17.107.3 > local 172.17.107.3 dev lo src 172.17.107.3 > cache <local> ip route get 172.17.107.4 > local 172.17.107.4 dev lo src 172.17.107.4 > cache <local> ip link add vetha type veth peer name vetha-peer ip link add vethb type veth peer name vethb-peer brctl addbr bra brctl addbr brb brctl addif bra tapa brctl addif bra vetha-peer brctl addif brb tapb brctl addif brb vethb-peer brctl show > bridge name bridge id STP enabled interfaces > bra 8000.6ea21e758ff1 no tapa > vetha-peer > brb 8000.420020eb92d5 no tapb > vethb-peer ip link set vetha-peer up ip link set vethb-peer up ip link set bra up ip link set brb up ip netns add a ip netns add b ip link set vetha netns a ip link set vethb netns b ip netns exec a ip address add 10.0.0.3/24 dev vetha ip netns exec b ip address add 10.0.0.4/24 dev vethb ip netns exec a ip link set vetha up ip netns exec b ip link set vethb up ip netns exec a arping -I vetha 10.0.0.4 ARPING 10.0.0.4 from 10.0.0.3 vetha ^CSent 2 probes (2 broadcast(s)) Received 0 response(s) Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com> Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Cc: Hong Zhiguo <honkiko@gmail.com> Cc: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> Cc: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com> Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com> Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Cc: dev@openvswitch.org Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-02 19:30:10 +08:00
*/
skb_scrub_packet(skb);
core/dev: set pkt_type after eth_type_trans() in dev_forward_skb() The dev_forward_skb() assignment of pkt_type should be done after the call to eth_type_trans(). ip-encapsulated packets can be handled by localhost. But skb->pkt_type can be PACKET_OTHERHOST when packet comes via veth into ip tunnel device. In that case, the packet is dropped by ip_rcv(). Although this example uses gretap. l2tp-eth also has same issue. For l2tp-eth case, add dummy device for ip address and ip l2tp command. netns A | root netns | netns B veth<->veth=bridge=gretap <-loop back-> gretap=bridge=veth<->veth arp packet -> pkt_type BROADCAST------------>ip_rcv()------------------------> <- arp reply pkt_type ip_rcv()<-----------------OTHERHOST drop sample operations ip link add tapa type gretap remote 172.17.107.4 local 172.17.107.3 ip link add tapb type gretap remote 172.17.107.3 local 172.17.107.4 ip link set tapa up ip link set tapb up ip address add 172.17.107.3 dev tapa ip address add 172.17.107.4 dev tapb ip route get 172.17.107.3 > local 172.17.107.3 dev lo src 172.17.107.3 > cache <local> ip route get 172.17.107.4 > local 172.17.107.4 dev lo src 172.17.107.4 > cache <local> ip link add vetha type veth peer name vetha-peer ip link add vethb type veth peer name vethb-peer brctl addbr bra brctl addbr brb brctl addif bra tapa brctl addif bra vetha-peer brctl addif brb tapb brctl addif brb vethb-peer brctl show > bridge name bridge id STP enabled interfaces > bra 8000.6ea21e758ff1 no tapa > vetha-peer > brb 8000.420020eb92d5 no tapb > vethb-peer ip link set vetha-peer up ip link set vethb-peer up ip link set bra up ip link set brb up ip netns add a ip netns add b ip link set vetha netns a ip link set vethb netns b ip netns exec a ip address add 10.0.0.3/24 dev vetha ip netns exec b ip address add 10.0.0.4/24 dev vethb ip netns exec a ip link set vetha up ip netns exec b ip link set vethb up ip netns exec a arping -I vetha 10.0.0.4 ARPING 10.0.0.4 from 10.0.0.3 vetha ^CSent 2 probes (2 broadcast(s)) Received 0 response(s) Cc: Jason Wang <jasowang@redhat.com> Cc: "Michael S. Tsirkin" <mst@redhat.com> Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Cc: Hong Zhiguo <honkiko@gmail.com> Cc: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com> Cc: Tom Parkin <tparkin@katalix.com> Cc: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com> Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com> Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Cc: dev@openvswitch.org Signed-off-by: Isaku Yamahata <yamahata@valinux.co.jp> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-02 19:30:10 +08:00
return netif_rx(skb);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dev_forward_skb);
static inline int deliver_skb(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct packet_type *pt_prev,
struct net_device *orig_dev)
{
if (unlikely(skb_orphan_frags(skb, GFP_ATOMIC)))
return -ENOMEM;
atomic_inc(&skb->users);
return pt_prev->func(skb, skb->dev, pt_prev, orig_dev);
}
static inline bool skb_loop_sk(struct packet_type *ptype, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
if (!ptype->af_packet_priv || !skb->sk)
return false;
if (ptype->id_match)
return ptype->id_match(ptype, skb->sk);
else if ((struct sock *)ptype->af_packet_priv == skb->sk)
return true;
return false;
}
/*
* Support routine. Sends outgoing frames to any network
* taps currently in use.
*/
static void dev_queue_xmit_nit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev)
{
struct packet_type *ptype;
struct sk_buff *skb2 = NULL;
struct packet_type *pt_prev = NULL;
rcu_read_lock();
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, &ptype_all, list) {
/* Never send packets back to the socket
* they originated from - MvS (miquels@drinkel.ow.org)
*/
if ((ptype->dev == dev || !ptype->dev) &&
(!skb_loop_sk(ptype, skb))) {
if (pt_prev) {
deliver_skb(skb2, pt_prev, skb->dev);
pt_prev = ptype;
continue;
}
skb2 = skb_clone(skb, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (!skb2)
break;
net_timestamp_set(skb2);
/* skb->nh should be correctly
set by sender, so that the second statement is
just protection against buggy protocols.
*/
skb_reset_mac_header(skb2);
if (skb_network_header(skb2) < skb2->data ||
skb_network_header(skb2) > skb_tail_pointer(skb2)) {
net_crit_ratelimited("protocol %04x is buggy, dev %s\n",
ntohs(skb2->protocol),
dev->name);
skb_reset_network_header(skb2);
}
skb2->transport_header = skb2->network_header;
skb2->pkt_type = PACKET_OUTGOING;
pt_prev = ptype;
}
}
if (pt_prev)
pt_prev->func(skb2, skb->dev, pt_prev, skb->dev);
rcu_read_unlock();
}
/**
* netif_setup_tc - Handle tc mappings on real_num_tx_queues change
net: implement mechanism for HW based QOS This patch provides a mechanism for lower layer devices to steer traffic using skb->priority to tx queues. This allows for hardware based QOS schemes to use the default qdisc without incurring the penalties related to global state and the qdisc lock. While reliably receiving skbs on the correct tx ring to avoid head of line blocking resulting from shuffling in the LLD. Finally, all the goodness from txq caching and xps/rps can still be leveraged. Many drivers and hardware exist with the ability to implement QOS schemes in the hardware but currently these drivers tend to rely on firmware to reroute specific traffic, a driver specific select_queue or the queue_mapping action in the qdisc. By using select_queue for this drivers need to be updated for each and every traffic type and we lose the goodness of much of the upstream work. Firmware solutions are inherently inflexible. And finally if admins are expected to build a qdisc and filter rules to steer traffic this requires knowledge of how the hardware is currently configured. The number of tx queues and the queue offsets may change depending on resources. Also this approach incurs all the overhead of a qdisc with filters. With the mechanism in this patch users can set skb priority using expected methods ie setsockopt() or the stack can set the priority directly. Then the skb will be steered to the correct tx queues aligned with hardware QOS traffic classes. In the normal case with single traffic class and all queues in this class everything works as is until the LLD enables multiple tcs. To steer the skb we mask out the lower 4 bits of the priority and allow the hardware to configure upto 15 distinct classes of traffic. This is expected to be sufficient for most applications at any rate it is more then the 8021Q spec designates and is equal to the number of prio bands currently implemented in the default qdisc. This in conjunction with a userspace application such as lldpad can be used to implement 8021Q transmission selection algorithms one of these algorithms being the extended transmission selection algorithm currently being used for DCB. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-17 16:06:04 +08:00
* @dev: Network device
* @txq: number of queues available
*
* If real_num_tx_queues is changed the tc mappings may no longer be
* valid. To resolve this verify the tc mapping remains valid and if
* not NULL the mapping. With no priorities mapping to this
* offset/count pair it will no longer be used. In the worst case TC0
* is invalid nothing can be done so disable priority mappings. If is
* expected that drivers will fix this mapping if they can before
* calling netif_set_real_num_tx_queues.
*/
static void netif_setup_tc(struct net_device *dev, unsigned int txq)
net: implement mechanism for HW based QOS This patch provides a mechanism for lower layer devices to steer traffic using skb->priority to tx queues. This allows for hardware based QOS schemes to use the default qdisc without incurring the penalties related to global state and the qdisc lock. While reliably receiving skbs on the correct tx ring to avoid head of line blocking resulting from shuffling in the LLD. Finally, all the goodness from txq caching and xps/rps can still be leveraged. Many drivers and hardware exist with the ability to implement QOS schemes in the hardware but currently these drivers tend to rely on firmware to reroute specific traffic, a driver specific select_queue or the queue_mapping action in the qdisc. By using select_queue for this drivers need to be updated for each and every traffic type and we lose the goodness of much of the upstream work. Firmware solutions are inherently inflexible. And finally if admins are expected to build a qdisc and filter rules to steer traffic this requires knowledge of how the hardware is currently configured. The number of tx queues and the queue offsets may change depending on resources. Also this approach incurs all the overhead of a qdisc with filters. With the mechanism in this patch users can set skb priority using expected methods ie setsockopt() or the stack can set the priority directly. Then the skb will be steered to the correct tx queues aligned with hardware QOS traffic classes. In the normal case with single traffic class and all queues in this class everything works as is until the LLD enables multiple tcs. To steer the skb we mask out the lower 4 bits of the priority and allow the hardware to configure upto 15 distinct classes of traffic. This is expected to be sufficient for most applications at any rate it is more then the 8021Q spec designates and is equal to the number of prio bands currently implemented in the default qdisc. This in conjunction with a userspace application such as lldpad can be used to implement 8021Q transmission selection algorithms one of these algorithms being the extended transmission selection algorithm currently being used for DCB. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-17 16:06:04 +08:00
{
int i;
struct netdev_tc_txq *tc = &dev->tc_to_txq[0];
/* If TC0 is invalidated disable TC mapping */
if (tc->offset + tc->count > txq) {
pr_warn("Number of in use tx queues changed invalidating tc mappings. Priority traffic classification disabled!\n");
net: implement mechanism for HW based QOS This patch provides a mechanism for lower layer devices to steer traffic using skb->priority to tx queues. This allows for hardware based QOS schemes to use the default qdisc without incurring the penalties related to global state and the qdisc lock. While reliably receiving skbs on the correct tx ring to avoid head of line blocking resulting from shuffling in the LLD. Finally, all the goodness from txq caching and xps/rps can still be leveraged. Many drivers and hardware exist with the ability to implement QOS schemes in the hardware but currently these drivers tend to rely on firmware to reroute specific traffic, a driver specific select_queue or the queue_mapping action in the qdisc. By using select_queue for this drivers need to be updated for each and every traffic type and we lose the goodness of much of the upstream work. Firmware solutions are inherently inflexible. And finally if admins are expected to build a qdisc and filter rules to steer traffic this requires knowledge of how the hardware is currently configured. The number of tx queues and the queue offsets may change depending on resources. Also this approach incurs all the overhead of a qdisc with filters. With the mechanism in this patch users can set skb priority using expected methods ie setsockopt() or the stack can set the priority directly. Then the skb will be steered to the correct tx queues aligned with hardware QOS traffic classes. In the normal case with single traffic class and all queues in this class everything works as is until the LLD enables multiple tcs. To steer the skb we mask out the lower 4 bits of the priority and allow the hardware to configure upto 15 distinct classes of traffic. This is expected to be sufficient for most applications at any rate it is more then the 8021Q spec designates and is equal to the number of prio bands currently implemented in the default qdisc. This in conjunction with a userspace application such as lldpad can be used to implement 8021Q transmission selection algorithms one of these algorithms being the extended transmission selection algorithm currently being used for DCB. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-17 16:06:04 +08:00
dev->num_tc = 0;
return;
}
/* Invalidated prio to tc mappings set to TC0 */
for (i = 1; i < TC_BITMASK + 1; i++) {
int q = netdev_get_prio_tc_map(dev, i);
tc = &dev->tc_to_txq[q];
if (tc->offset + tc->count > txq) {
pr_warn("Number of in use tx queues changed. Priority %i to tc mapping %i is no longer valid. Setting map to 0\n",
i, q);
net: implement mechanism for HW based QOS This patch provides a mechanism for lower layer devices to steer traffic using skb->priority to tx queues. This allows for hardware based QOS schemes to use the default qdisc without incurring the penalties related to global state and the qdisc lock. While reliably receiving skbs on the correct tx ring to avoid head of line blocking resulting from shuffling in the LLD. Finally, all the goodness from txq caching and xps/rps can still be leveraged. Many drivers and hardware exist with the ability to implement QOS schemes in the hardware but currently these drivers tend to rely on firmware to reroute specific traffic, a driver specific select_queue or the queue_mapping action in the qdisc. By using select_queue for this drivers need to be updated for each and every traffic type and we lose the goodness of much of the upstream work. Firmware solutions are inherently inflexible. And finally if admins are expected to build a qdisc and filter rules to steer traffic this requires knowledge of how the hardware is currently configured. The number of tx queues and the queue offsets may change depending on resources. Also this approach incurs all the overhead of a qdisc with filters. With the mechanism in this patch users can set skb priority using expected methods ie setsockopt() or the stack can set the priority directly. Then the skb will be steered to the correct tx queues aligned with hardware QOS traffic classes. In the normal case with single traffic class and all queues in this class everything works as is until the LLD enables multiple tcs. To steer the skb we mask out the lower 4 bits of the priority and allow the hardware to configure upto 15 distinct classes of traffic. This is expected to be sufficient for most applications at any rate it is more then the 8021Q spec designates and is equal to the number of prio bands currently implemented in the default qdisc. This in conjunction with a userspace application such as lldpad can be used to implement 8021Q transmission selection algorithms one of these algorithms being the extended transmission selection algorithm currently being used for DCB. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-17 16:06:04 +08:00
netdev_set_prio_tc_map(dev, i, 0);
}
}
}
#ifdef CONFIG_XPS
static DEFINE_MUTEX(xps_map_mutex);
#define xmap_dereference(P) \
rcu_dereference_protected((P), lockdep_is_held(&xps_map_mutex))
static struct xps_map *remove_xps_queue(struct xps_dev_maps *dev_maps,
int cpu, u16 index)
{
struct xps_map *map = NULL;
int pos;
if (dev_maps)
map = xmap_dereference(dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu]);
for (pos = 0; map && pos < map->len; pos++) {
if (map->queues[pos] == index) {
if (map->len > 1) {
map->queues[pos] = map->queues[--map->len];
} else {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu], NULL);
kfree_rcu(map, rcu);
map = NULL;
}
break;
}
}
return map;
}
static void netif_reset_xps_queues_gt(struct net_device *dev, u16 index)
{
struct xps_dev_maps *dev_maps;
int cpu, i;
bool active = false;
mutex_lock(&xps_map_mutex);
dev_maps = xmap_dereference(dev->xps_maps);
if (!dev_maps)
goto out_no_maps;
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
for (i = index; i < dev->num_tx_queues; i++) {
if (!remove_xps_queue(dev_maps, cpu, i))
break;
}
if (i == dev->num_tx_queues)
active = true;
}
if (!active) {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->xps_maps, NULL);
kfree_rcu(dev_maps, rcu);
}
for (i = index; i < dev->num_tx_queues; i++)
netdev_queue_numa_node_write(netdev_get_tx_queue(dev, i),
NUMA_NO_NODE);
out_no_maps:
mutex_unlock(&xps_map_mutex);
}
static struct xps_map *expand_xps_map(struct xps_map *map,
int cpu, u16 index)
{
struct xps_map *new_map;
int alloc_len = XPS_MIN_MAP_ALLOC;
int i, pos;
for (pos = 0; map && pos < map->len; pos++) {
if (map->queues[pos] != index)
continue;
return map;
}
/* Need to add queue to this CPU's existing map */
if (map) {
if (pos < map->alloc_len)
return map;
alloc_len = map->alloc_len * 2;
}
/* Need to allocate new map to store queue on this CPU's map */
new_map = kzalloc_node(XPS_MAP_SIZE(alloc_len), GFP_KERNEL,
cpu_to_node(cpu));
if (!new_map)
return NULL;
for (i = 0; i < pos; i++)
new_map->queues[i] = map->queues[i];
new_map->alloc_len = alloc_len;
new_map->len = pos;
return new_map;
}
int netif_set_xps_queue(struct net_device *dev, struct cpumask *mask, u16 index)
{
struct xps_dev_maps *dev_maps, *new_dev_maps = NULL;
struct xps_map *map, *new_map;
int maps_sz = max_t(unsigned int, XPS_DEV_MAPS_SIZE, L1_CACHE_BYTES);
int cpu, numa_node_id = -2;
bool active = false;
mutex_lock(&xps_map_mutex);
dev_maps = xmap_dereference(dev->xps_maps);
/* allocate memory for queue storage */
for_each_online_cpu(cpu) {
if (!cpumask_test_cpu(cpu, mask))
continue;
if (!new_dev_maps)
new_dev_maps = kzalloc(maps_sz, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!new_dev_maps) {
mutex_unlock(&xps_map_mutex);
return -ENOMEM;
}
map = dev_maps ? xmap_dereference(dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu]) :
NULL;
map = expand_xps_map(map, cpu, index);
if (!map)
goto error;
RCU_INIT_POINTER(new_dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu], map);
}
if (!new_dev_maps)
goto out_no_new_maps;
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
if (cpumask_test_cpu(cpu, mask) && cpu_online(cpu)) {
/* add queue to CPU maps */
int pos = 0;
map = xmap_dereference(new_dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu]);
while ((pos < map->len) && (map->queues[pos] != index))
pos++;
if (pos == map->len)
map->queues[map->len++] = index;
#ifdef CONFIG_NUMA
if (numa_node_id == -2)
numa_node_id = cpu_to_node(cpu);
else if (numa_node_id != cpu_to_node(cpu))
numa_node_id = -1;
#endif
} else if (dev_maps) {
/* fill in the new device map from the old device map */
map = xmap_dereference(dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu]);
RCU_INIT_POINTER(new_dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu], map);
}
}
rcu_assign_pointer(dev->xps_maps, new_dev_maps);
/* Cleanup old maps */
if (dev_maps) {
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
new_map = xmap_dereference(new_dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu]);
map = xmap_dereference(dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu]);
if (map && map != new_map)
kfree_rcu(map, rcu);
}
kfree_rcu(dev_maps, rcu);
}
dev_maps = new_dev_maps;
active = true;
out_no_new_maps:
/* update Tx queue numa node */
netdev_queue_numa_node_write(netdev_get_tx_queue(dev, index),
(numa_node_id >= 0) ? numa_node_id :
NUMA_NO_NODE);
if (!dev_maps)
goto out_no_maps;
/* removes queue from unused CPUs */
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
if (cpumask_test_cpu(cpu, mask) && cpu_online(cpu))
continue;
if (remove_xps_queue(dev_maps, cpu, index))
active = true;
}
/* free map if not active */
if (!active) {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->xps_maps, NULL);
kfree_rcu(dev_maps, rcu);
}
out_no_maps:
mutex_unlock(&xps_map_mutex);
return 0;
error:
/* remove any maps that we added */
for_each_possible_cpu(cpu) {
new_map = xmap_dereference(new_dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu]);
map = dev_maps ? xmap_dereference(dev_maps->cpu_map[cpu]) :
NULL;
if (new_map && new_map != map)
kfree(new_map);
}
mutex_unlock(&xps_map_mutex);
kfree(new_dev_maps);
return -ENOMEM;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_set_xps_queue);
#endif
/*
* Routine to help set real_num_tx_queues. To avoid skbs mapped to queues
* greater then real_num_tx_queues stale skbs on the qdisc must be flushed.
*/
int netif_set_real_num_tx_queues(struct net_device *dev, unsigned int txq)
{
xps: Transmit Packet Steering This patch implements transmit packet steering (XPS) for multiqueue devices. XPS selects a transmit queue during packet transmission based on configuration. This is done by mapping the CPU transmitting the packet to a queue. This is the transmit side analogue to RPS-- where RPS is selecting a CPU based on receive queue, XPS selects a queue based on the CPU (previously there was an XPS patch from Eric Dumazet, but that might more appropriately be called transmit completion steering). Each transmit queue can be associated with a number of CPUs which will use the queue to send packets. This is configured as a CPU mask on a per queue basis in: /sys/class/net/eth<n>/queues/tx-<n>/xps_cpus The mappings are stored per device in an inverted data structure that maps CPUs to queues. In the netdevice structure this is an array of num_possible_cpu structures where each structure holds and array of queue_indexes for queues which that CPU can use. The benefits of XPS are improved locality in the per queue data structures. Also, transmit completions are more likely to be done nearer to the sending thread, so this should promote locality back to the socket on free (e.g. UDP). The benefits of XPS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. XPS would nominally be configured so that a queue would only be shared by CPUs which are sharing a cache, the degenerative configuration woud be that each CPU has it's own queue. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. bnx2x on 16 core AMD XPS (16 queues, 1 TX queue per CPU) 1234K at 100% CPU No XPS (16 queues) 996K at 100% CPU Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-21 21:17:27 +08:00
int rc;
if (txq < 1 || txq > dev->num_tx_queues)
return -EINVAL;
if (dev->reg_state == NETREG_REGISTERED ||
dev->reg_state == NETREG_UNREGISTERING) {
ASSERT_RTNL();
xps: Transmit Packet Steering This patch implements transmit packet steering (XPS) for multiqueue devices. XPS selects a transmit queue during packet transmission based on configuration. This is done by mapping the CPU transmitting the packet to a queue. This is the transmit side analogue to RPS-- where RPS is selecting a CPU based on receive queue, XPS selects a queue based on the CPU (previously there was an XPS patch from Eric Dumazet, but that might more appropriately be called transmit completion steering). Each transmit queue can be associated with a number of CPUs which will use the queue to send packets. This is configured as a CPU mask on a per queue basis in: /sys/class/net/eth<n>/queues/tx-<n>/xps_cpus The mappings are stored per device in an inverted data structure that maps CPUs to queues. In the netdevice structure this is an array of num_possible_cpu structures where each structure holds and array of queue_indexes for queues which that CPU can use. The benefits of XPS are improved locality in the per queue data structures. Also, transmit completions are more likely to be done nearer to the sending thread, so this should promote locality back to the socket on free (e.g. UDP). The benefits of XPS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. XPS would nominally be configured so that a queue would only be shared by CPUs which are sharing a cache, the degenerative configuration woud be that each CPU has it's own queue. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. bnx2x on 16 core AMD XPS (16 queues, 1 TX queue per CPU) 1234K at 100% CPU No XPS (16 queues) 996K at 100% CPU Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-21 21:17:27 +08:00
rc = netdev_queue_update_kobjects(dev, dev->real_num_tx_queues,
txq);
if (rc)
return rc;
net: implement mechanism for HW based QOS This patch provides a mechanism for lower layer devices to steer traffic using skb->priority to tx queues. This allows for hardware based QOS schemes to use the default qdisc without incurring the penalties related to global state and the qdisc lock. While reliably receiving skbs on the correct tx ring to avoid head of line blocking resulting from shuffling in the LLD. Finally, all the goodness from txq caching and xps/rps can still be leveraged. Many drivers and hardware exist with the ability to implement QOS schemes in the hardware but currently these drivers tend to rely on firmware to reroute specific traffic, a driver specific select_queue or the queue_mapping action in the qdisc. By using select_queue for this drivers need to be updated for each and every traffic type and we lose the goodness of much of the upstream work. Firmware solutions are inherently inflexible. And finally if admins are expected to build a qdisc and filter rules to steer traffic this requires knowledge of how the hardware is currently configured. The number of tx queues and the queue offsets may change depending on resources. Also this approach incurs all the overhead of a qdisc with filters. With the mechanism in this patch users can set skb priority using expected methods ie setsockopt() or the stack can set the priority directly. Then the skb will be steered to the correct tx queues aligned with hardware QOS traffic classes. In the normal case with single traffic class and all queues in this class everything works as is until the LLD enables multiple tcs. To steer the skb we mask out the lower 4 bits of the priority and allow the hardware to configure upto 15 distinct classes of traffic. This is expected to be sufficient for most applications at any rate it is more then the 8021Q spec designates and is equal to the number of prio bands currently implemented in the default qdisc. This in conjunction with a userspace application such as lldpad can be used to implement 8021Q transmission selection algorithms one of these algorithms being the extended transmission selection algorithm currently being used for DCB. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-01-17 16:06:04 +08:00
if (dev->num_tc)
netif_setup_tc(dev, txq);
if (txq < dev->real_num_tx_queues) {
qdisc_reset_all_tx_gt(dev, txq);
#ifdef CONFIG_XPS
netif_reset_xps_queues_gt(dev, txq);
#endif
}
}
dev->real_num_tx_queues = txq;
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_set_real_num_tx_queues);
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
/**
* netif_set_real_num_rx_queues - set actual number of RX queues used
* @dev: Network device
* @rxq: Actual number of RX queues
*
* This must be called either with the rtnl_lock held or before
* registration of the net device. Returns 0 on success, or a
* negative error code. If called before registration, it always
* succeeds.
*/
int netif_set_real_num_rx_queues(struct net_device *dev, unsigned int rxq)
{
int rc;
if (rxq < 1 || rxq > dev->num_rx_queues)
return -EINVAL;
if (dev->reg_state == NETREG_REGISTERED) {
ASSERT_RTNL();
rc = net_rx_queue_update_kobjects(dev, dev->real_num_rx_queues,
rxq);
if (rc)
return rc;
}
dev->real_num_rx_queues = rxq;
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_set_real_num_rx_queues);
#endif
/**
* netif_get_num_default_rss_queues - default number of RSS queues
*
* This routine should set an upper limit on the number of RSS queues
* used by default by multiqueue devices.
*/
int netif_get_num_default_rss_queues(void)
{
return min_t(int, DEFAULT_MAX_NUM_RSS_QUEUES, num_online_cpus());
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_get_num_default_rss_queues);
static inline void __netif_reschedule(struct Qdisc *q)
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
{
struct softnet_data *sd;
unsigned long flags;
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
local_irq_save(flags);
sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
q->next_sched = NULL;
*sd->output_queue_tailp = q;
sd->output_queue_tailp = &q->next_sched;
raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ);
local_irq_restore(flags);
}
void __netif_schedule(struct Qdisc *q)
{
if (!test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED, &q->state))
__netif_reschedule(q);
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__netif_schedule);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
void dev_kfree_skb_irq(struct sk_buff *skb)
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
{
if (atomic_dec_and_test(&skb->users)) {
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
struct softnet_data *sd;
unsigned long flags;
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
local_irq_save(flags);
sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
skb->next = sd->completion_queue;
sd->completion_queue = skb;
raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ);
local_irq_restore(flags);
}
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_kfree_skb_irq);
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
void dev_kfree_skb_any(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
if (in_irq() || irqs_disabled())
dev_kfree_skb_irq(skb);
else
dev_kfree_skb(skb);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_kfree_skb_any);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/**
* netif_device_detach - mark device as removed
* @dev: network device
*
* Mark device as removed from system and therefore no longer available.
*/
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
void netif_device_detach(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_PRESENT, &dev->state) &&
netif_running(dev)) {
netif_tx_stop_all_queues(dev);
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_device_detach);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/**
* netif_device_attach - mark device as attached
* @dev: network device
*
* Mark device as attached from system and restart if needed.
*/
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
void netif_device_attach(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_PRESENT, &dev->state) &&
netif_running(dev)) {
netif_tx_wake_all_queues(dev);
__netdev_watchdog_up(dev);
[NET]: Deinline some larger functions from netdevice.h On a allyesconfig'ured kernel: Size Uses Wasted Name and definition ===== ==== ====== ================================================ 95 162 12075 netif_wake_queue include/linux/netdevice.h 129 86 9265 dev_kfree_skb_any include/linux/netdevice.h 127 56 5885 netif_device_attach include/linux/netdevice.h 73 86 4505 dev_kfree_skb_irq include/linux/netdevice.h 46 60 1534 netif_device_detach include/linux/netdevice.h 119 16 1485 __netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 143 5 492 netif_rx_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h 81 7 366 netif_schedule include/linux/netdevice.h netif_wake_queue is big because __netif_schedule is a big inline: static inline void __netif_schedule(struct net_device *dev) { if (!test_and_set_bit(__LINK_STATE_SCHED, &dev->state)) { unsigned long flags; struct softnet_data *sd; local_irq_save(flags); sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data); dev->next_sched = sd->output_queue; sd->output_queue = dev; raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ); local_irq_restore(flags); } } static inline void netif_wake_queue(struct net_device *dev) { #ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL_TRAP if (netpoll_trap()) return; #endif if (test_and_clear_bit(__LINK_STATE_XOFF, &dev->state)) __netif_schedule(dev); } By de-inlining __netif_schedule we are saving a lot of text at each callsite of netif_wake_queue and netif_schedule. __netif_rx_schedule is also big, and it makes more sense to keep both of them out of line. Patch also deinlines dev_kfree_skb_any. We can deinline dev_kfree_skb_irq instead... oh well. netif_device_attach/detach are not hot paths, we can deinline them too. Signed-off-by: Denis Vlasenko <vda@ilport.com.ua> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@osdl.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-03-30 07:57:29 +08:00
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_device_attach);
static void skb_warn_bad_offload(const struct sk_buff *skb)
{
static const netdev_features_t null_features = 0;
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
const char *driver = "";
if (!net_ratelimit())
return;
if (dev && dev->dev.parent)
driver = dev_driver_string(dev->dev.parent);
WARN(1, "%s: caps=(%pNF, %pNF) len=%d data_len=%d gso_size=%d "
"gso_type=%d ip_summed=%d\n",
driver, dev ? &dev->features : &null_features,
skb->sk ? &skb->sk->sk_route_caps : &null_features,
skb->len, skb->data_len, skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_size,
skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_type, skb->ip_summed);
}
/*
* Invalidate hardware checksum when packet is to be mangled, and
* complete checksum manually on outgoing path.
*/
int skb_checksum_help(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
__wsum csum;
int ret = 0, offset;
if (skb->ip_summed == CHECKSUM_COMPLETE)
goto out_set_summed;
if (unlikely(skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_size)) {
skb_warn_bad_offload(skb);
return -EINVAL;
}
/* Before computing a checksum, we should make sure no frag could
* be modified by an external entity : checksum could be wrong.
*/
if (skb_has_shared_frag(skb)) {
ret = __skb_linearize(skb);
if (ret)
goto out;
}
offset = skb_checksum_start_offset(skb);
BUG_ON(offset >= skb_headlen(skb));
csum = skb_checksum(skb, offset, skb->len - offset, 0);
offset += skb->csum_offset;
BUG_ON(offset + sizeof(__sum16) > skb_headlen(skb));
if (skb_cloned(skb) &&
!skb_clone_writable(skb, offset + sizeof(__sum16))) {
ret = pskb_expand_head(skb, 0, 0, GFP_ATOMIC);
if (ret)
goto out;
}
*(__sum16 *)(skb->data + offset) = csum_fold(csum);
out_set_summed:
skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE;
out:
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(skb_checksum_help);
__be16 skb_network_protocol(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
__be16 type = skb->protocol;
int vlan_depth = ETH_HLEN;
/* Tunnel gso handlers can set protocol to ethernet. */
if (type == htons(ETH_P_TEB)) {
struct ethhdr *eth;
if (unlikely(!pskb_may_pull(skb, sizeof(struct ethhdr))))
return 0;
eth = (struct ethhdr *)skb_mac_header(skb);
type = eth->h_proto;
}
while (type == htons(ETH_P_8021Q) || type == htons(ETH_P_8021AD)) {
struct vlan_hdr *vh;
if (unlikely(!pskb_may_pull(skb, vlan_depth + VLAN_HLEN)))
return 0;
vh = (struct vlan_hdr *)(skb->data + vlan_depth);
type = vh->h_vlan_encapsulated_proto;
vlan_depth += VLAN_HLEN;
}
return type;
}
/**
* skb_mac_gso_segment - mac layer segmentation handler.
* @skb: buffer to segment
* @features: features for the output path (see dev->features)
*/
struct sk_buff *skb_mac_gso_segment(struct sk_buff *skb,
netdev_features_t features)
{
struct sk_buff *segs = ERR_PTR(-EPROTONOSUPPORT);
struct packet_offload *ptype;
__be16 type = skb_network_protocol(skb);
if (unlikely(!type))
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
__skb_pull(skb, skb->mac_len);
rcu_read_lock();
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, &offload_base, list) {
if (ptype->type == type && ptype->callbacks.gso_segment) {
if (unlikely(skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL)) {
int err;
err = ptype->callbacks.gso_send_check(skb);
segs = ERR_PTR(err);
if (err || skb_gso_ok(skb, features))
break;
__skb_push(skb, (skb->data -
skb_network_header(skb)));
}
segs = ptype->callbacks.gso_segment(skb, features);
break;
}
}
rcu_read_unlock();
__skb_push(skb, skb->data - skb_mac_header(skb));
return segs;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(skb_mac_gso_segment);
/* openvswitch calls this on rx path, so we need a different check.
*/
static inline bool skb_needs_check(struct sk_buff *skb, bool tx_path)
{
if (tx_path)
return skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_PARTIAL;
else
return skb->ip_summed == CHECKSUM_NONE;
}
/**
* __skb_gso_segment - Perform segmentation on skb.
* @skb: buffer to segment
* @features: features for the output path (see dev->features)
* @tx_path: whether it is called in TX path
*
* This function segments the given skb and returns a list of segments.
*
* It may return NULL if the skb requires no segmentation. This is
* only possible when GSO is used for verifying header integrity.
*/
struct sk_buff *__skb_gso_segment(struct sk_buff *skb,
netdev_features_t features, bool tx_path)
{
if (unlikely(skb_needs_check(skb, tx_path))) {
int err;
skb_warn_bad_offload(skb);
if (skb_header_cloned(skb) &&
(err = pskb_expand_head(skb, 0, 0, GFP_ATOMIC)))
return ERR_PTR(err);
}
SKB_GSO_CB(skb)->mac_offset = skb_headroom(skb);
skb_reset_mac_header(skb);
skb_reset_mac_len(skb);
return skb_mac_gso_segment(skb, features);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__skb_gso_segment);
/* Take action when hardware reception checksum errors are detected. */
#ifdef CONFIG_BUG
void netdev_rx_csum_fault(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (net_ratelimit()) {
pr_err("%s: hw csum failure\n", dev ? dev->name : "<unknown>");
dump_stack();
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_rx_csum_fault);
#endif
/* Actually, we should eliminate this check as soon as we know, that:
* 1. IOMMU is present and allows to map all the memory.
* 2. No high memory really exists on this machine.
*/
static int illegal_highdma(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_HIGHMEM
int i;
if (!(dev->features & NETIF_F_HIGHDMA)) {
for (i = 0; i < skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags; i++) {
skb_frag_t *frag = &skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[i];
if (PageHighMem(skb_frag_page(frag)))
return 1;
}
}
if (PCI_DMA_BUS_IS_PHYS) {
struct device *pdev = dev->dev.parent;
if (!pdev)
return 0;
for (i = 0; i < skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags; i++) {
skb_frag_t *frag = &skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[i];
dma_addr_t addr = page_to_phys(skb_frag_page(frag));
if (!pdev->dma_mask || addr + PAGE_SIZE - 1 > *pdev->dma_mask)
return 1;
}
}
#endif
return 0;
}
struct dev_gso_cb {
void (*destructor)(struct sk_buff *skb);
};
#define DEV_GSO_CB(skb) ((struct dev_gso_cb *)(skb)->cb)
static void dev_gso_skb_destructor(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct dev_gso_cb *cb;
do {
struct sk_buff *nskb = skb->next;
skb->next = nskb->next;
nskb->next = NULL;
kfree_skb(nskb);
} while (skb->next);
cb = DEV_GSO_CB(skb);
if (cb->destructor)
cb->destructor(skb);
}
/**
* dev_gso_segment - Perform emulated hardware segmentation on skb.
* @skb: buffer to segment
* @features: device features as applicable to this skb
*
* This function segments the given skb and stores the list of segments
* in skb->next.
*/
static int dev_gso_segment(struct sk_buff *skb, netdev_features_t features)
{
struct sk_buff *segs;
segs = skb_gso_segment(skb, features);
/* Verifying header integrity only. */
if (!segs)
return 0;
if (IS_ERR(segs))
return PTR_ERR(segs);
skb->next = segs;
DEV_GSO_CB(skb)->destructor = skb->destructor;
skb->destructor = dev_gso_skb_destructor;
return 0;
}
static netdev_features_t harmonize_features(struct sk_buff *skb,
gso: Update tunnel segmentation to support Tx checksum offload This change makes it so that the GRE and VXLAN tunnels can make use of Tx checksum offload support provided by some drivers via the hw_enc_features. Without this fix enabling GSO means sacrificing Tx checksum offload and this actually leads to a performance regression as shown below: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 6276.51 8.39 enabled 7123.52 8.42 disabled To resolve this it was necessary to address two items. First netif_skb_features needed to be updated so that it would correctly handle the Trans Ether Bridging protocol without impacting the need to check for Q-in-Q tagging. To do this it was necessary to update harmonize_features so that it used skb_network_protocol instead of just using the outer protocol. Second it was necessary to update the GRE and UDP tunnel segmentation offloads so that they would reset the encapsulation bit and inner header offsets after the offload was complete. As a result of this change I have seen the following results on a interface with Tx checksum enabled for encapsulated frames: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 7123.52 8.42 disabled 8321.75 5.43 enabled v2: Instead of replacing refrence to skb->protocol with skb_network_protocol just replace the protocol reference in harmonize_features to allow for double VLAN tag checks. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-11 08:05:06 +08:00
netdev_features_t features)
{
net: do not disable sg for packets requiring no checksum A change in a series of VLAN-related changes appears to have inadvertently disabled the use of the scatter gather feature of network cards for transmission of non-IP ethernet protocols like ATA over Ethernet (AoE). Below is a reference to the commit that introduces a "harmonize_features" function that turns off scatter gather when the NIC does not support hardware checksumming for the ethernet protocol of an sk buff. commit f01a5236bd4b140198fbcc550f085e8361fd73fa Author: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Date: Sun Jan 9 06:23:31 2011 +0000 net offloading: Generalize netif_get_vlan_features(). The can_checksum_protocol function is not equipped to consider a protocol that does not require checksumming. Calling it for a protocol that requires no checksum is inappropriate. The patch below has harmonize_features call can_checksum_protocol when the protocol needs a checksum, so that the network layer is not forced to perform unnecessary skb linearization on the transmission of AoE packets. Unnecessary linearization results in decreased performance and increased memory pressure, as reported here: http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-mm/msg15184.html The problem has probably not been widely experienced yet, because only recently has the kernel.org-distributed aoe driver acquired the ability to use payloads of over a page in size, with the patchset recently included in the mm tree: https://lkml.org/lkml/2012/8/28/140 The coraid.com-distributed aoe driver already could use payloads of greater than a page in size, but its users generally do not use the newest kernels. Signed-off-by: Ed Cashin <ecashin@coraid.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-09-19 23:49:00 +08:00
if (skb->ip_summed != CHECKSUM_NONE &&
gso: Update tunnel segmentation to support Tx checksum offload This change makes it so that the GRE and VXLAN tunnels can make use of Tx checksum offload support provided by some drivers via the hw_enc_features. Without this fix enabling GSO means sacrificing Tx checksum offload and this actually leads to a performance regression as shown below: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 6276.51 8.39 enabled 7123.52 8.42 disabled To resolve this it was necessary to address two items. First netif_skb_features needed to be updated so that it would correctly handle the Trans Ether Bridging protocol without impacting the need to check for Q-in-Q tagging. To do this it was necessary to update harmonize_features so that it used skb_network_protocol instead of just using the outer protocol. Second it was necessary to update the GRE and UDP tunnel segmentation offloads so that they would reset the encapsulation bit and inner header offsets after the offload was complete. As a result of this change I have seen the following results on a interface with Tx checksum enabled for encapsulated frames: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 7123.52 8.42 disabled 8321.75 5.43 enabled v2: Instead of replacing refrence to skb->protocol with skb_network_protocol just replace the protocol reference in harmonize_features to allow for double VLAN tag checks. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-11 08:05:06 +08:00
!can_checksum_protocol(features, skb_network_protocol(skb))) {
features &= ~NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM;
} else if (illegal_highdma(skb->dev, skb)) {
features &= ~NETIF_F_SG;
}
return features;
}
netdev_features_t netif_skb_features(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
__be16 protocol = skb->protocol;
netdev_features_t features = skb->dev->features;
if (skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_segs > skb->dev->gso_max_segs)
features &= ~NETIF_F_GSO_MASK;
if (protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021Q) || protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021AD)) {
struct vlan_ethhdr *veh = (struct vlan_ethhdr *)skb->data;
protocol = veh->h_vlan_encapsulated_proto;
} else if (!vlan_tx_tag_present(skb)) {
gso: Update tunnel segmentation to support Tx checksum offload This change makes it so that the GRE and VXLAN tunnels can make use of Tx checksum offload support provided by some drivers via the hw_enc_features. Without this fix enabling GSO means sacrificing Tx checksum offload and this actually leads to a performance regression as shown below: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 6276.51 8.39 enabled 7123.52 8.42 disabled To resolve this it was necessary to address two items. First netif_skb_features needed to be updated so that it would correctly handle the Trans Ether Bridging protocol without impacting the need to check for Q-in-Q tagging. To do this it was necessary to update harmonize_features so that it used skb_network_protocol instead of just using the outer protocol. Second it was necessary to update the GRE and UDP tunnel segmentation offloads so that they would reset the encapsulation bit and inner header offsets after the offload was complete. As a result of this change I have seen the following results on a interface with Tx checksum enabled for encapsulated frames: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 7123.52 8.42 disabled 8321.75 5.43 enabled v2: Instead of replacing refrence to skb->protocol with skb_network_protocol just replace the protocol reference in harmonize_features to allow for double VLAN tag checks. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-11 08:05:06 +08:00
return harmonize_features(skb, features);
}
features &= (skb->dev->vlan_features | NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX |
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_TX);
gso: Update tunnel segmentation to support Tx checksum offload This change makes it so that the GRE and VXLAN tunnels can make use of Tx checksum offload support provided by some drivers via the hw_enc_features. Without this fix enabling GSO means sacrificing Tx checksum offload and this actually leads to a performance regression as shown below: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 6276.51 8.39 enabled 7123.52 8.42 disabled To resolve this it was necessary to address two items. First netif_skb_features needed to be updated so that it would correctly handle the Trans Ether Bridging protocol without impacting the need to check for Q-in-Q tagging. To do this it was necessary to update harmonize_features so that it used skb_network_protocol instead of just using the outer protocol. Second it was necessary to update the GRE and UDP tunnel segmentation offloads so that they would reset the encapsulation bit and inner header offsets after the offload was complete. As a result of this change I have seen the following results on a interface with Tx checksum enabled for encapsulated frames: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 7123.52 8.42 disabled 8321.75 5.43 enabled v2: Instead of replacing refrence to skb->protocol with skb_network_protocol just replace the protocol reference in harmonize_features to allow for double VLAN tag checks. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-11 08:05:06 +08:00
if (protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021Q) || protocol == htons(ETH_P_8021AD))
features &= NETIF_F_SG | NETIF_F_HIGHDMA | NETIF_F_FRAGLIST |
NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM | NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_TX |
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_STAG_TX;
gso: Update tunnel segmentation to support Tx checksum offload This change makes it so that the GRE and VXLAN tunnels can make use of Tx checksum offload support provided by some drivers via the hw_enc_features. Without this fix enabling GSO means sacrificing Tx checksum offload and this actually leads to a performance regression as shown below: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 6276.51 8.39 enabled 7123.52 8.42 disabled To resolve this it was necessary to address two items. First netif_skb_features needed to be updated so that it would correctly handle the Trans Ether Bridging protocol without impacting the need to check for Q-in-Q tagging. To do this it was necessary to update harmonize_features so that it used skb_network_protocol instead of just using the outer protocol. Second it was necessary to update the GRE and UDP tunnel segmentation offloads so that they would reset the encapsulation bit and inner header offsets after the offload was complete. As a result of this change I have seen the following results on a interface with Tx checksum enabled for encapsulated frames: Utilization Send Throughput local GSO 10^6bits/s % S state 7123.52 8.42 disabled 8321.75 5.43 enabled v2: Instead of replacing refrence to skb->protocol with skb_network_protocol just replace the protocol reference in harmonize_features to allow for double VLAN tag checks. Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-07-11 08:05:06 +08:00
return harmonize_features(skb, features);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_skb_features);
/*
* Returns true if either:
* 1. skb has frag_list and the device doesn't support FRAGLIST, or
* 2. skb is fragmented and the device does not support SG.
*/
static inline int skb_needs_linearize(struct sk_buff *skb,
netdev_features_t features)
{
return skb_is_nonlinear(skb) &&
((skb_has_frag_list(skb) &&
!(features & NETIF_F_FRAGLIST)) ||
(skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags &&
!(features & NETIF_F_SG)));
}
int dev_hard_start_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *txq)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
int rc = NETDEV_TX_OK;
unsigned int skb_len;
if (likely(!skb->next)) {
netdev_features_t features;
/*
* If device doesn't need skb->dst, release it right now while
* its hot in this cpu cache
*/
if (dev->priv_flags & IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE)
skb_dst_drop(skb);
features = netif_skb_features(skb);
if (vlan_tx_tag_present(skb) &&
!vlan_hw_offload_capable(features, skb->vlan_proto)) {
skb = __vlan_put_tag(skb, skb->vlan_proto,
vlan_tx_tag_get(skb));
if (unlikely(!skb))
goto out;
skb->vlan_tci = 0;
}
/* If encapsulation offload request, verify we are testing
* hardware encapsulation features instead of standard
* features for the netdev
*/
if (skb->encapsulation)
features &= dev->hw_enc_features;
if (netif_needs_gso(skb, features)) {
if (unlikely(dev_gso_segment(skb, features)))
goto out_kfree_skb;
if (skb->next)
goto gso;
} else {
if (skb_needs_linearize(skb, features) &&
__skb_linearize(skb))
goto out_kfree_skb;
/* If packet is not checksummed and device does not
* support checksumming for this protocol, complete
* checksumming here.
*/
if (skb->ip_summed == CHECKSUM_PARTIAL) {
if (skb->encapsulation)
skb_set_inner_transport_header(skb,
skb_checksum_start_offset(skb));
else
skb_set_transport_header(skb,
skb_checksum_start_offset(skb));
if (!(features & NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM) &&
skb_checksum_help(skb))
goto out_kfree_skb;
}
}
if (!list_empty(&ptype_all))
dev_queue_xmit_nit(skb, dev);
skb_len = skb->len;
rc = ops->ndo_start_xmit(skb, dev);
trace_net_dev_xmit(skb, rc, dev, skb_len);
if (rc == NETDEV_TX_OK)
txq_trans_update(txq);
return rc;
}
gso:
do {
struct sk_buff *nskb = skb->next;
skb->next = nskb->next;
nskb->next = NULL;
if (!list_empty(&ptype_all))
dev_queue_xmit_nit(nskb, dev);
skb_len = nskb->len;
rc = ops->ndo_start_xmit(nskb, dev);
trace_net_dev_xmit(nskb, rc, dev, skb_len);
if (unlikely(rc != NETDEV_TX_OK)) {
if (rc & ~NETDEV_TX_MASK)
goto out_kfree_gso_skb;
nskb->next = skb->next;
skb->next = nskb;
return rc;
}
txq_trans_update(txq);
if (unlikely(netif_xmit_stopped(txq) && skb->next))
return NETDEV_TX_BUSY;
} while (skb->next);
out_kfree_gso_skb:
if (likely(skb->next == NULL)) {
skb->destructor = DEV_GSO_CB(skb)->destructor;
consume_skb(skb);
return rc;
}
out_kfree_skb:
kfree_skb(skb);
out:
return rc;
}
static void qdisc_pkt_len_init(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
const struct skb_shared_info *shinfo = skb_shinfo(skb);
qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->pkt_len = skb->len;
/* To get more precise estimation of bytes sent on wire,
* we add to pkt_len the headers size of all segments
*/
if (shinfo->gso_size) {
unsigned int hdr_len;
u16 gso_segs = shinfo->gso_segs;
/* mac layer + network layer */
hdr_len = skb_transport_header(skb) - skb_mac_header(skb);
/* + transport layer */
if (likely(shinfo->gso_type & (SKB_GSO_TCPV4 | SKB_GSO_TCPV6)))
hdr_len += tcp_hdrlen(skb);
else
hdr_len += sizeof(struct udphdr);
if (shinfo->gso_type & SKB_GSO_DODGY)
gso_segs = DIV_ROUND_UP(skb->len - hdr_len,
shinfo->gso_size);
qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->pkt_len += (gso_segs - 1) * hdr_len;
}
}
net: Avoid enqueuing skb for default qdiscs dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving. The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid checks like the second line below: + } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) && >> !q->gso_skb && + !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) { Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards: ---------------------------------- Size | ORG BW NEW BW | ---------------------------------- 128K | 156964 159381 | 256K | 158650 162042 | ---------------------------------- Changes from ver1: 1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to pkt_sched.h 2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path. 3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset. 4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-08-06 09:44:21 +08:00
static inline int __dev_xmit_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, struct Qdisc *q,
struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *txq)
{
spinlock_t *root_lock = qdisc_lock(q);
bool contended;
net: Avoid enqueuing skb for default qdiscs dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving. The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid checks like the second line below: + } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) && >> !q->gso_skb && + !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) { Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards: ---------------------------------- Size | ORG BW NEW BW | ---------------------------------- 128K | 156964 159381 | 256K | 158650 162042 | ---------------------------------- Changes from ver1: 1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to pkt_sched.h 2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path. 3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset. 4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-08-06 09:44:21 +08:00
int rc;
qdisc_pkt_len_init(skb);
qdisc_calculate_pkt_len(skb, q);
/*
* Heuristic to force contended enqueues to serialize on a
* separate lock before trying to get qdisc main lock.
* This permits __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING owner to get the lock more often
* and dequeue packets faster.
*/
contended = qdisc_is_running(q);
if (unlikely(contended))
spin_lock(&q->busylock);
net: Avoid enqueuing skb for default qdiscs dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving. The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid checks like the second line below: + } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) && >> !q->gso_skb && + !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) { Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards: ---------------------------------- Size | ORG BW NEW BW | ---------------------------------- 128K | 156964 159381 | 256K | 158650 162042 | ---------------------------------- Changes from ver1: 1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to pkt_sched.h 2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path. 3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset. 4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-08-06 09:44:21 +08:00
spin_lock(root_lock);
if (unlikely(test_bit(__QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATED, &q->state))) {
kfree_skb(skb);
rc = NET_XMIT_DROP;
} else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) &&
qdisc_run_begin(q)) {
net: Avoid enqueuing skb for default qdiscs dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving. The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid checks like the second line below: + } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) && >> !q->gso_skb && + !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) { Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards: ---------------------------------- Size | ORG BW NEW BW | ---------------------------------- 128K | 156964 159381 | 256K | 158650 162042 | ---------------------------------- Changes from ver1: 1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to pkt_sched.h 2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path. 3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset. 4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-08-06 09:44:21 +08:00
/*
* This is a work-conserving queue; there are no old skbs
* waiting to be sent out; and the qdisc is not running -
* xmit the skb directly.
*/
if (!(dev->priv_flags & IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE))
skb_dst_force(skb);
qdisc_bstats_update(q, skb);
if (sch_direct_xmit(skb, q, dev, txq, root_lock)) {
if (unlikely(contended)) {
spin_unlock(&q->busylock);
contended = false;
}
net: Avoid enqueuing skb for default qdiscs dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving. The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid checks like the second line below: + } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) && >> !q->gso_skb && + !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) { Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards: ---------------------------------- Size | ORG BW NEW BW | ---------------------------------- 128K | 156964 159381 | 256K | 158650 162042 | ---------------------------------- Changes from ver1: 1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to pkt_sched.h 2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path. 3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset. 4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-08-06 09:44:21 +08:00
__qdisc_run(q);
} else
qdisc_run_end(q);
net: Avoid enqueuing skb for default qdiscs dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving. The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid checks like the second line below: + } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) && >> !q->gso_skb && + !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) { Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards: ---------------------------------- Size | ORG BW NEW BW | ---------------------------------- 128K | 156964 159381 | 256K | 158650 162042 | ---------------------------------- Changes from ver1: 1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to pkt_sched.h 2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path. 3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset. 4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-08-06 09:44:21 +08:00
rc = NET_XMIT_SUCCESS;
} else {
skb_dst_force(skb);
rc = q->enqueue(skb, q) & NET_XMIT_MASK;
if (qdisc_run_begin(q)) {
if (unlikely(contended)) {
spin_unlock(&q->busylock);
contended = false;
}
__qdisc_run(q);
}
net: Avoid enqueuing skb for default qdiscs dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving. The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid checks like the second line below: + } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) && >> !q->gso_skb && + !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) { Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards: ---------------------------------- Size | ORG BW NEW BW | ---------------------------------- 128K | 156964 159381 | 256K | 158650 162042 | ---------------------------------- Changes from ver1: 1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to pkt_sched.h 2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path. 3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset. 4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-08-06 09:44:21 +08:00
}
spin_unlock(root_lock);
if (unlikely(contended))
spin_unlock(&q->busylock);
net: Avoid enqueuing skb for default qdiscs dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving. The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid checks like the second line below: + } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) && >> !q->gso_skb && + !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) { Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards: ---------------------------------- Size | ORG BW NEW BW | ---------------------------------- 128K | 156964 159381 | 256K | 158650 162042 | ---------------------------------- Changes from ver1: 1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to pkt_sched.h 2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path. 3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset. 4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-08-06 09:44:21 +08:00
return rc;
}
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NETPRIO_CGROUP)
static void skb_update_prio(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct netprio_map *map = rcu_dereference_bh(skb->dev->priomap);
if (!skb->priority && skb->sk && map) {
unsigned int prioidx = skb->sk->sk_cgrp_prioidx;
if (prioidx < map->priomap_len)
skb->priority = map->priomap[prioidx];
}
}
#else
#define skb_update_prio(skb)
#endif
static DEFINE_PER_CPU(int, xmit_recursion);
#define RECURSION_LIMIT 10
/**
* dev_loopback_xmit - loop back @skb
* @skb: buffer to transmit
*/
int dev_loopback_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
skb_reset_mac_header(skb);
__skb_pull(skb, skb_network_offset(skb));
skb->pkt_type = PACKET_LOOPBACK;
skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY;
WARN_ON(!skb_dst(skb));
skb_dst_force(skb);
netif_rx_ni(skb);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_loopback_xmit);
/**
* dev_queue_xmit - transmit a buffer
* @skb: buffer to transmit
*
* Queue a buffer for transmission to a network device. The caller must
* have set the device and priority and built the buffer before calling
* this function. The function can be called from an interrupt.
*
* A negative errno code is returned on a failure. A success does not
* guarantee the frame will be transmitted as it may be dropped due
* to congestion or traffic shaping.
*
* -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* I notice this method can also return errors from the queue disciplines,
* including NET_XMIT_DROP, which is a positive value. So, errors can also
* be positive.
*
* Regardless of the return value, the skb is consumed, so it is currently
* difficult to retry a send to this method. (You can bump the ref count
* before sending to hold a reference for retry if you are careful.)
*
* When calling this method, interrupts MUST be enabled. This is because
* the BH enable code must have IRQs enabled so that it will not deadlock.
* --BLG
*/
int dev_queue_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
struct netdev_queue *txq;
struct Qdisc *q;
int rc = -ENOMEM;
skb_reset_mac_header(skb);
/* Disable soft irqs for various locks below. Also
* stops preemption for RCU.
*/
rcu_read_lock_bh();
skb_update_prio(skb);
txq = netdev_pick_tx(dev, skb);
q = rcu_dereference_bh(txq->qdisc);
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
skb->tc_verd = SET_TC_AT(skb->tc_verd, AT_EGRESS);
#endif
trace_net_dev_queue(skb);
if (q->enqueue) {
net: Avoid enqueuing skb for default qdiscs dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving. The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid checks like the second line below: + } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) && >> !q->gso_skb && + !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) { Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1, 2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards: ---------------------------------- Size | ORG BW NEW BW | ---------------------------------- 128K | 156964 159381 | 256K | 158650 162042 | ---------------------------------- Changes from ver1: 1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to pkt_sched.h 2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path. 3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset. 4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones. Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-08-06 09:44:21 +08:00
rc = __dev_xmit_skb(skb, q, dev, txq);
goto out;
}
/* The device has no queue. Common case for software devices:
loopback, all the sorts of tunnels...
[NET]: Add netif_tx_lock Various drivers use xmit_lock internally to synchronise with their transmission routines. They do so without setting xmit_lock_owner. This is fine as long as netpoll is not in use. With netpoll it is possible for deadlocks to occur if xmit_lock_owner isn't set. This is because if a printk occurs while xmit_lock is held and xmit_lock_owner is not set can cause netpoll to attempt to take xmit_lock recursively. While it is possible to resolve this by getting netpoll to use trylock, it is suboptimal because netpoll's sole objective is to maximise the chance of getting the printk out on the wire. So delaying or dropping the message is to be avoided as much as possible. So the only alternative is to always set xmit_lock_owner. The following patch does this by introducing the netif_tx_lock family of functions that take care of setting/unsetting xmit_lock_owner. I renamed xmit_lock to _xmit_lock to indicate that it should not be used directly. I didn't provide irq versions of the netif_tx_lock functions since xmit_lock is meant to be a BH-disabling lock. This is pretty much a straight text substitution except for a small bug fix in winbond. It currently uses netif_stop_queue/spin_unlock_wait to stop transmission. This is unsafe as an IRQ can potentially wake up the queue. So it is safer to use netif_tx_disable. The hamradio bits used spin_lock_irq but it is unnecessary as xmit_lock must never be taken in an IRQ handler. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2006-06-10 03:20:56 +08:00
Really, it is unlikely that netif_tx_lock protection is necessary
here. (f.e. loopback and IP tunnels are clean ignoring statistics
counters.)
However, it is possible, that they rely on protection
made by us here.
Check this and shot the lock. It is not prone from deadlocks.
Either shot noqueue qdisc, it is even simpler 8)
*/
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) {
int cpu = smp_processor_id(); /* ok because BHs are off */
if (txq->xmit_lock_owner != cpu) {
if (__this_cpu_read(xmit_recursion) > RECURSION_LIMIT)
goto recursion_alert;
HARD_TX_LOCK(dev, txq, cpu);
if (!netif_xmit_stopped(txq)) {
__this_cpu_inc(xmit_recursion);
rc = dev_hard_start_xmit(skb, dev, txq);
__this_cpu_dec(xmit_recursion);
if (dev_xmit_complete(rc)) {
HARD_TX_UNLOCK(dev, txq);
goto out;
}
}
HARD_TX_UNLOCK(dev, txq);
net_crit_ratelimited("Virtual device %s asks to queue packet!\n",
dev->name);
} else {
/* Recursion is detected! It is possible,
* unfortunately
*/
recursion_alert:
net_crit_ratelimited("Dead loop on virtual device %s, fix it urgently!\n",
dev->name);
}
}
rc = -ENETDOWN;
rcu_read_unlock_bh();
kfree_skb(skb);
return rc;
out:
rcu_read_unlock_bh();
return rc;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_queue_xmit);
/*=======================================================================
Receiver routines
=======================================================================*/
int netdev_max_backlog __read_mostly = 1000;
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_max_backlog);
int netdev_tstamp_prequeue __read_mostly = 1;
int netdev_budget __read_mostly = 300;
int weight_p __read_mostly = 64; /* old backlog weight */
/* Called with irq disabled */
static inline void ____napi_schedule(struct softnet_data *sd,
struct napi_struct *napi)
{
list_add_tail(&napi->poll_list, &sd->poll_list);
__raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_RX_SOFTIRQ);
}
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
/* One global table that all flow-based protocols share. */
struct rps_sock_flow_table __rcu *rps_sock_flow_table __read_mostly;
EXPORT_SYMBOL(rps_sock_flow_table);
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
struct static_key rps_needed __read_mostly;
static struct rps_dev_flow *
set_rps_cpu(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb,
struct rps_dev_flow *rflow, u16 next_cpu)
{
if (next_cpu != RPS_NO_CPU) {
#ifdef CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL
struct netdev_rx_queue *rxqueue;
struct rps_dev_flow_table *flow_table;
struct rps_dev_flow *old_rflow;
u32 flow_id;
u16 rxq_index;
int rc;
/* Should we steer this flow to a different hardware queue? */
if (!skb_rx_queue_recorded(skb) || !dev->rx_cpu_rmap ||
!(dev->features & NETIF_F_NTUPLE))
goto out;
rxq_index = cpu_rmap_lookup_index(dev->rx_cpu_rmap, next_cpu);
if (rxq_index == skb_get_rx_queue(skb))
goto out;
rxqueue = dev->_rx + rxq_index;
flow_table = rcu_dereference(rxqueue->rps_flow_table);
if (!flow_table)
goto out;
flow_id = skb->rxhash & flow_table->mask;
rc = dev->netdev_ops->ndo_rx_flow_steer(dev, skb,
rxq_index, flow_id);
if (rc < 0)
goto out;
old_rflow = rflow;
rflow = &flow_table->flows[flow_id];
rflow->filter = rc;
if (old_rflow->filter == rflow->filter)
old_rflow->filter = RPS_NO_FILTER;
out:
#endif
rflow->last_qtail =
per_cpu(softnet_data, next_cpu).input_queue_head;
}
rflow->cpu = next_cpu;
return rflow;
}
/*
* get_rps_cpu is called from netif_receive_skb and returns the target
* CPU from the RPS map of the receiving queue for a given skb.
* rcu_read_lock must be held on entry.
*/
static int get_rps_cpu(struct net_device *dev, struct sk_buff *skb,
struct rps_dev_flow **rflowp)
{
struct netdev_rx_queue *rxqueue;
struct rps_map *map;
struct rps_dev_flow_table *flow_table;
struct rps_sock_flow_table *sock_flow_table;
int cpu = -1;
u16 tcpu;
if (skb_rx_queue_recorded(skb)) {
u16 index = skb_get_rx_queue(skb);
if (unlikely(index >= dev->real_num_rx_queues)) {
WARN_ONCE(dev->real_num_rx_queues > 1,
"%s received packet on queue %u, but number "
"of RX queues is %u\n",
dev->name, index, dev->real_num_rx_queues);
goto done;
}
rxqueue = dev->_rx + index;
} else
rxqueue = dev->_rx;
map = rcu_dereference(rxqueue->rps_map);
if (map) {
if (map->len == 1 &&
!rcu_access_pointer(rxqueue->rps_flow_table)) {
tcpu = map->cpus[0];
if (cpu_online(tcpu))
cpu = tcpu;
goto done;
}
} else if (!rcu_access_pointer(rxqueue->rps_flow_table)) {
goto done;
}
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
if (!skb_get_rxhash(skb))
goto done;
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
flow_table = rcu_dereference(rxqueue->rps_flow_table);
sock_flow_table = rcu_dereference(rps_sock_flow_table);
if (flow_table && sock_flow_table) {
u16 next_cpu;
struct rps_dev_flow *rflow;
rflow = &flow_table->flows[skb->rxhash & flow_table->mask];
tcpu = rflow->cpu;
next_cpu = sock_flow_table->ents[skb->rxhash &
sock_flow_table->mask];
/*
* If the desired CPU (where last recvmsg was done) is
* different from current CPU (one in the rx-queue flow
* table entry), switch if one of the following holds:
* - Current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU).
* - Current CPU is offline.
* - The current CPU's queue tail has advanced beyond the
* last packet that was enqueued using this table entry.
* This guarantees that all previous packets for the flow
* have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery.
*/
if (unlikely(tcpu != next_cpu) &&
(tcpu == RPS_NO_CPU || !cpu_online(tcpu) ||
((int)(per_cpu(softnet_data, tcpu).input_queue_head -
rflow->last_qtail)) >= 0)) {
tcpu = next_cpu;
rflow = set_rps_cpu(dev, skb, rflow, next_cpu);
}
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
if (tcpu != RPS_NO_CPU && cpu_online(tcpu)) {
*rflowp = rflow;
cpu = tcpu;
goto done;
}
}
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
if (map) {
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
tcpu = map->cpus[((u64) skb->rxhash * map->len) >> 32];
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
if (cpu_online(tcpu)) {
cpu = tcpu;
goto done;
}
}
done:
return cpu;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL
/**
* rps_may_expire_flow - check whether an RFS hardware filter may be removed
* @dev: Device on which the filter was set
* @rxq_index: RX queue index
* @flow_id: Flow ID passed to ndo_rx_flow_steer()
* @filter_id: Filter ID returned by ndo_rx_flow_steer()
*
* Drivers that implement ndo_rx_flow_steer() should periodically call
* this function for each installed filter and remove the filters for
* which it returns %true.
*/
bool rps_may_expire_flow(struct net_device *dev, u16 rxq_index,
u32 flow_id, u16 filter_id)
{
struct netdev_rx_queue *rxqueue = dev->_rx + rxq_index;
struct rps_dev_flow_table *flow_table;
struct rps_dev_flow *rflow;
bool expire = true;
int cpu;
rcu_read_lock();
flow_table = rcu_dereference(rxqueue->rps_flow_table);
if (flow_table && flow_id <= flow_table->mask) {
rflow = &flow_table->flows[flow_id];
cpu = ACCESS_ONCE(rflow->cpu);
if (rflow->filter == filter_id && cpu != RPS_NO_CPU &&
((int)(per_cpu(softnet_data, cpu).input_queue_head -
rflow->last_qtail) <
(int)(10 * flow_table->mask)))
expire = false;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
return expire;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(rps_may_expire_flow);
#endif /* CONFIG_RFS_ACCEL */
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
/* Called from hardirq (IPI) context */
static void rps_trigger_softirq(void *data)
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
{
struct softnet_data *sd = data;
____napi_schedule(sd, &sd->backlog);
sd->received_rps++;
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
}
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
#endif /* CONFIG_RPS */
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
/*
* Check if this softnet_data structure is another cpu one
* If yes, queue it to our IPI list and return 1
* If no, return 0
*/
static int rps_ipi_queued(struct softnet_data *sd)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
struct softnet_data *mysd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
if (sd != mysd) {
sd->rps_ipi_next = mysd->rps_ipi_list;
mysd->rps_ipi_list = sd;
__raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_RX_SOFTIRQ);
return 1;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_RPS */
return 0;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_FLOW_LIMIT
int netdev_flow_limit_table_len __read_mostly = (1 << 12);
#endif
static bool skb_flow_limit(struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int qlen)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_FLOW_LIMIT
struct sd_flow_limit *fl;
struct softnet_data *sd;
unsigned int old_flow, new_flow;
if (qlen < (netdev_max_backlog >> 1))
return false;
sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
rcu_read_lock();
fl = rcu_dereference(sd->flow_limit);
if (fl) {
new_flow = skb_get_rxhash(skb) & (fl->num_buckets - 1);
old_flow = fl->history[fl->history_head];
fl->history[fl->history_head] = new_flow;
fl->history_head++;
fl->history_head &= FLOW_LIMIT_HISTORY - 1;
if (likely(fl->buckets[old_flow]))
fl->buckets[old_flow]--;
if (++fl->buckets[new_flow] > (FLOW_LIMIT_HISTORY >> 1)) {
fl->count++;
rcu_read_unlock();
return true;
}
}
rcu_read_unlock();
#endif
return false;
}
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
/*
* enqueue_to_backlog is called to queue an skb to a per CPU backlog
* queue (may be a remote CPU queue).
*/
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
static int enqueue_to_backlog(struct sk_buff *skb, int cpu,
unsigned int *qtail)
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
{
struct softnet_data *sd;
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
unsigned long flags;
unsigned int qlen;
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
sd = &per_cpu(softnet_data, cpu);
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
local_irq_save(flags);
rps_lock(sd);
qlen = skb_queue_len(&sd->input_pkt_queue);
if (qlen <= netdev_max_backlog && !skb_flow_limit(skb, qlen)) {
if (skb_queue_len(&sd->input_pkt_queue)) {
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
enqueue:
__skb_queue_tail(&sd->input_pkt_queue, skb);
input_queue_tail_incr_save(sd, qtail);
rps_unlock(sd);
local_irq_restore(flags);
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
return NET_RX_SUCCESS;
}
/* Schedule NAPI for backlog device
* We can use non atomic operation since we own the queue lock
*/
if (!__test_and_set_bit(NAPI_STATE_SCHED, &sd->backlog.state)) {
if (!rps_ipi_queued(sd))
____napi_schedule(sd, &sd->backlog);
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
}
goto enqueue;
}
sd->dropped++;
rps_unlock(sd);
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
local_irq_restore(flags);
atomic_long_inc(&skb->dev->rx_dropped);
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
kfree_skb(skb);
return NET_RX_DROP;
}
/**
* netif_rx - post buffer to the network code
* @skb: buffer to post
*
* This function receives a packet from a device driver and queues it for
* the upper (protocol) levels to process. It always succeeds. The buffer
* may be dropped during processing for congestion control or by the
* protocol layers.
*
* return values:
* NET_RX_SUCCESS (no congestion)
* NET_RX_DROP (packet was dropped)
*
*/
int netif_rx(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
int ret;
/* if netpoll wants it, pretend we never saw it */
if (netpoll_rx(skb))
return NET_RX_DROP;
net_timestamp_check(netdev_tstamp_prequeue, skb);
trace_netif_rx(skb);
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
if (static_key_false(&rps_needed)) {
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
struct rps_dev_flow voidflow, *rflow = &voidflow;
int cpu;
preempt_disable();
rcu_read_lock();
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
cpu = get_rps_cpu(skb->dev, skb, &rflow);
if (cpu < 0)
cpu = smp_processor_id();
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
ret = enqueue_to_backlog(skb, cpu, &rflow->last_qtail);
rcu_read_unlock();
preempt_enable();
} else
#endif
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
{
unsigned int qtail;
ret = enqueue_to_backlog(skb, get_cpu(), &qtail);
put_cpu();
}
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_rx);
int netif_rx_ni(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
int err;
preempt_disable();
err = netif_rx(skb);
if (local_softirq_pending())
do_softirq();
preempt_enable();
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_rx_ni);
static void net_tx_action(struct softirq_action *h)
{
struct softnet_data *sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
if (sd->completion_queue) {
struct sk_buff *clist;
local_irq_disable();
clist = sd->completion_queue;
sd->completion_queue = NULL;
local_irq_enable();
while (clist) {
struct sk_buff *skb = clist;
clist = clist->next;
WARN_ON(atomic_read(&skb->users));
trace_kfree_skb(skb, net_tx_action);
__kfree_skb(skb);
}
}
if (sd->output_queue) {
struct Qdisc *head;
local_irq_disable();
head = sd->output_queue;
sd->output_queue = NULL;
sd->output_queue_tailp = &sd->output_queue;
local_irq_enable();
while (head) {
struct Qdisc *q = head;
spinlock_t *root_lock;
head = head->next_sched;
root_lock = qdisc_lock(q);
if (spin_trylock(root_lock)) {
smp_mb__before_clear_bit();
clear_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED,
&q->state);
qdisc_run(q);
spin_unlock(root_lock);
} else {
if (!test_bit(__QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATED,
&q->state)) {
__netif_reschedule(q);
} else {
smp_mb__before_clear_bit();
clear_bit(__QDISC_STATE_SCHED,
&q->state);
}
}
}
}
}
#if (defined(CONFIG_BRIDGE) || defined(CONFIG_BRIDGE_MODULE)) && \
(defined(CONFIG_ATM_LANE) || defined(CONFIG_ATM_LANE_MODULE))
/* This hook is defined here for ATM LANE */
int (*br_fdb_test_addr_hook)(struct net_device *dev,
unsigned char *addr) __read_mostly;
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(br_fdb_test_addr_hook);
#endif
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
/* TODO: Maybe we should just force sch_ingress to be compiled in
* when CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT is? otherwise some useless instructions
* a compare and 2 stores extra right now if we dont have it on
* but have CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
* NOTE: This doesn't stop any functionality; if you dont have
* the ingress scheduler, you just can't add policies on ingress.
*
*/
static int ing_filter(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netdev_queue *rxq)
{
struct net_device *dev = skb->dev;
u32 ttl = G_TC_RTTL(skb->tc_verd);
int result = TC_ACT_OK;
struct Qdisc *q;
if (unlikely(MAX_RED_LOOP < ttl++)) {
net_warn_ratelimited("Redir loop detected Dropping packet (%d->%d)\n",
skb->skb_iif, dev->ifindex);
return TC_ACT_SHOT;
}
skb->tc_verd = SET_TC_RTTL(skb->tc_verd, ttl);
skb->tc_verd = SET_TC_AT(skb->tc_verd, AT_INGRESS);
q = rxq->qdisc;
if (q != &noop_qdisc) {
spin_lock(qdisc_lock(q));
if (likely(!test_bit(__QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATED, &q->state)))
result = qdisc_enqueue_root(skb, q);
spin_unlock(qdisc_lock(q));
}
return result;
}
static inline struct sk_buff *handle_ing(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct packet_type **pt_prev,
int *ret, struct net_device *orig_dev)
{
struct netdev_queue *rxq = rcu_dereference(skb->dev->ingress_queue);
if (!rxq || rxq->qdisc == &noop_qdisc)
goto out;
if (*pt_prev) {
*ret = deliver_skb(skb, *pt_prev, orig_dev);
*pt_prev = NULL;
}
switch (ing_filter(skb, rxq)) {
case TC_ACT_SHOT:
case TC_ACT_STOLEN:
kfree_skb(skb);
return NULL;
}
out:
skb->tc_verd = 0;
return skb;
}
#endif
/**
* netdev_rx_handler_register - register receive handler
* @dev: device to register a handler for
* @rx_handler: receive handler to register
* @rx_handler_data: data pointer that is used by rx handler
*
* Register a receive hander for a device. This handler will then be
* called from __netif_receive_skb. A negative errno code is returned
* on a failure.
*
* The caller must hold the rtnl_mutex.
*
* For a general description of rx_handler, see enum rx_handler_result.
*/
int netdev_rx_handler_register(struct net_device *dev,
rx_handler_func_t *rx_handler,
void *rx_handler_data)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (dev->rx_handler)
return -EBUSY;
net: add a synchronize_net() in netdev_rx_handler_unregister() commit 35d48903e97819 (bonding: fix rx_handler locking) added a race in bonding driver, reported by Steven Rostedt who did a very good diagnosis : <quoting Steven> I'm currently debugging a crash in an old 3.0-rt kernel that one of our customers is seeing. The bug happens with a stress test that loads and unloads the bonding module in a loop (I don't know all the details as I'm not the one that is directly interacting with the customer). But the bug looks to be something that may still be present and possibly present in mainline too. It will just be much harder to trigger it in mainline. In -rt, interrupts are threads, and can schedule in and out just like any other thread. Note, mainline now supports interrupt threads so this may be easily reproducible in mainline as well. I don't have the ability to tell the customer to try mainline or other kernels, so my hands are somewhat tied to what I can do. But according to a core dump, I tracked down that the eth irq thread crashed in bond_handle_frame() here: slave = bond_slave_get_rcu(skb->dev); bond = slave->bond; <--- BUG the slave returned was NULL and accessing slave->bond caused a NULL pointer dereference. Looking at the code that unregisters the handler: void netdev_rx_handler_unregister(struct net_device *dev) { ASSERT_RTNL(); RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->rx_handler, NULL); RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->rx_handler_data, NULL); } Which is basically: dev->rx_handler = NULL; dev->rx_handler_data = NULL; And looking at __netif_receive_skb() we have: rx_handler = rcu_dereference(skb->dev->rx_handler); if (rx_handler) { if (pt_prev) { ret = deliver_skb(skb, pt_prev, orig_dev); pt_prev = NULL; } switch (rx_handler(&skb)) { My question to all of you is, what stops this interrupt from happening while the bonding module is unloading? What happens if the interrupt triggers and we have this: CPU0 CPU1 ---- ---- rx_handler = skb->dev->rx_handler netdev_rx_handler_unregister() { dev->rx_handler = NULL; dev->rx_handler_data = NULL; rx_handler() bond_handle_frame() { slave = skb->dev->rx_handler; bond = slave->bond; <-- NULL pointer dereference!!! What protection am I missing in the bond release handler that would prevent the above from happening? </quoting Steven> We can fix bug this in two ways. First is adding a test in bond_handle_frame() and others to check if rx_handler_data is NULL. A second way is adding a synchronize_net() in netdev_rx_handler_unregister() to make sure that a rcu protected reader has the guarantee to see a non NULL rx_handler_data. The second way is better as it avoids an extra test in fast path. Reported-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@us.ibm.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-03-29 11:01:22 +08:00
/* Note: rx_handler_data must be set before rx_handler */
rcu_assign_pointer(dev->rx_handler_data, rx_handler_data);
rcu_assign_pointer(dev->rx_handler, rx_handler);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(netdev_rx_handler_register);
/**
* netdev_rx_handler_unregister - unregister receive handler
* @dev: device to unregister a handler from
*
* Unregister a receive handler from a device.
*
* The caller must hold the rtnl_mutex.
*/
void netdev_rx_handler_unregister(struct net_device *dev)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->rx_handler, NULL);
net: add a synchronize_net() in netdev_rx_handler_unregister() commit 35d48903e97819 (bonding: fix rx_handler locking) added a race in bonding driver, reported by Steven Rostedt who did a very good diagnosis : <quoting Steven> I'm currently debugging a crash in an old 3.0-rt kernel that one of our customers is seeing. The bug happens with a stress test that loads and unloads the bonding module in a loop (I don't know all the details as I'm not the one that is directly interacting with the customer). But the bug looks to be something that may still be present and possibly present in mainline too. It will just be much harder to trigger it in mainline. In -rt, interrupts are threads, and can schedule in and out just like any other thread. Note, mainline now supports interrupt threads so this may be easily reproducible in mainline as well. I don't have the ability to tell the customer to try mainline or other kernels, so my hands are somewhat tied to what I can do. But according to a core dump, I tracked down that the eth irq thread crashed in bond_handle_frame() here: slave = bond_slave_get_rcu(skb->dev); bond = slave->bond; <--- BUG the slave returned was NULL and accessing slave->bond caused a NULL pointer dereference. Looking at the code that unregisters the handler: void netdev_rx_handler_unregister(struct net_device *dev) { ASSERT_RTNL(); RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->rx_handler, NULL); RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->rx_handler_data, NULL); } Which is basically: dev->rx_handler = NULL; dev->rx_handler_data = NULL; And looking at __netif_receive_skb() we have: rx_handler = rcu_dereference(skb->dev->rx_handler); if (rx_handler) { if (pt_prev) { ret = deliver_skb(skb, pt_prev, orig_dev); pt_prev = NULL; } switch (rx_handler(&skb)) { My question to all of you is, what stops this interrupt from happening while the bonding module is unloading? What happens if the interrupt triggers and we have this: CPU0 CPU1 ---- ---- rx_handler = skb->dev->rx_handler netdev_rx_handler_unregister() { dev->rx_handler = NULL; dev->rx_handler_data = NULL; rx_handler() bond_handle_frame() { slave = skb->dev->rx_handler; bond = slave->bond; <-- NULL pointer dereference!!! What protection am I missing in the bond release handler that would prevent the above from happening? </quoting Steven> We can fix bug this in two ways. First is adding a test in bond_handle_frame() and others to check if rx_handler_data is NULL. A second way is adding a synchronize_net() in netdev_rx_handler_unregister() to make sure that a rcu protected reader has the guarantee to see a non NULL rx_handler_data. The second way is better as it avoids an extra test in fast path. Reported-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@us.ibm.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-03-29 11:01:22 +08:00
/* a reader seeing a non NULL rx_handler in a rcu_read_lock()
* section has a guarantee to see a non NULL rx_handler_data
* as well.
*/
synchronize_net();
RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->rx_handler_data, NULL);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(netdev_rx_handler_unregister);
/*
* Limit the use of PFMEMALLOC reserves to those protocols that implement
* the special handling of PFMEMALLOC skbs.
*/
static bool skb_pfmemalloc_protocol(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
switch (skb->protocol) {
case __constant_htons(ETH_P_ARP):
case __constant_htons(ETH_P_IP):
case __constant_htons(ETH_P_IPV6):
case __constant_htons(ETH_P_8021Q):
case __constant_htons(ETH_P_8021AD):
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
static int __netif_receive_skb_core(struct sk_buff *skb, bool pfmemalloc)
{
struct packet_type *ptype, *pt_prev;
rx_handler_func_t *rx_handler;
struct net_device *orig_dev;
struct net_device *null_or_dev;
bool deliver_exact = false;
int ret = NET_RX_DROP;
__be16 type;
net_timestamp_check(!netdev_tstamp_prequeue, skb);
trace_netif_receive_skb(skb);
/* if we've gotten here through NAPI, check netpoll */
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
if (netpoll_receive_skb(skb))
goto out;
orig_dev = skb->dev;
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
if (!skb_transport_header_was_set(skb))
skb_reset_transport_header(skb);
skb_reset_mac_len(skb);
pt_prev = NULL;
rcu_read_lock();
another_round:
skb->skb_iif = skb->dev->ifindex;
__this_cpu_inc(softnet_data.processed);
if (skb->protocol == cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_8021Q) ||
skb->protocol == cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_8021AD)) {
skb = vlan_untag(skb);
if (unlikely(!skb))
goto unlock;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
if (skb->tc_verd & TC_NCLS) {
skb->tc_verd = CLR_TC_NCLS(skb->tc_verd);
goto ncls;
}
#endif
if (pfmemalloc)
goto skip_taps;
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, &ptype_all, list) {
if (!ptype->dev || ptype->dev == skb->dev) {
if (pt_prev)
ret = deliver_skb(skb, pt_prev, orig_dev);
pt_prev = ptype;
}
}
skip_taps:
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
skb = handle_ing(skb, &pt_prev, &ret, orig_dev);
if (!skb)
goto unlock;
ncls:
#endif
if (pfmemalloc && !skb_pfmemalloc_protocol(skb))
goto drop;
net: allow vlan traffic to be received under bond The following configuration used to work as I expected. At least we could use the fcoe interfaces to do MPIO and the bond0 iface to do load balancing or failover. ---eth2.228-fcoe | eth2 -----| | |---- bond0 | eth3 -----| | ---eth3.228-fcoe This worked because of a change we added to allow inactive slaves to rx 'exact' matches. This functionality was kept intact with the rx_handler mechanism. However now the vlan interface attached to the active slave never receives traffic because the bonding rx_handler updates the skb->dev and goto's another_round. Previously, the vlan_do_receive() logic was called before the bonding rx_handler. Now by the time vlan_do_receive calls vlan_find_dev() the skb->dev is set to bond0 and it is clear no vlan is attached to this iface. The vlan lookup fails. This patch moves the VLAN check above the rx_handler. A VLAN tagged frame is now routed to the eth2.228-fcoe iface in the above schematic. Untagged frames continue to the bond0 as normal. This case also remains intact, eth2 --> bond0 --> vlan.228 Here the skb is VLAN tagged but the vlan lookup fails on eth2 causing the bonding rx_handler to be called. On the second pass the vlan lookup is on the bond0 iface and completes as expected. Putting a VLAN.228 on both the bond0 and eth2 device will result in eth2.228 receiving the skb. I don't think this is completely unexpected and was the result prior to the rx_handler result. Note, the same setup is also used for other storage traffic that MPIO is used with eg. iSCSI and similar setups can be contrived without storage protocols. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Acked-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Tested-by: Hans Schillstrom <hams.schillstrom@ericsson.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-10-10 17:16:41 +08:00
if (vlan_tx_tag_present(skb)) {
if (pt_prev) {
ret = deliver_skb(skb, pt_prev, orig_dev);
pt_prev = NULL;
}
if (vlan_do_receive(&skb))
net: allow vlan traffic to be received under bond The following configuration used to work as I expected. At least we could use the fcoe interfaces to do MPIO and the bond0 iface to do load balancing or failover. ---eth2.228-fcoe | eth2 -----| | |---- bond0 | eth3 -----| | ---eth3.228-fcoe This worked because of a change we added to allow inactive slaves to rx 'exact' matches. This functionality was kept intact with the rx_handler mechanism. However now the vlan interface attached to the active slave never receives traffic because the bonding rx_handler updates the skb->dev and goto's another_round. Previously, the vlan_do_receive() logic was called before the bonding rx_handler. Now by the time vlan_do_receive calls vlan_find_dev() the skb->dev is set to bond0 and it is clear no vlan is attached to this iface. The vlan lookup fails. This patch moves the VLAN check above the rx_handler. A VLAN tagged frame is now routed to the eth2.228-fcoe iface in the above schematic. Untagged frames continue to the bond0 as normal. This case also remains intact, eth2 --> bond0 --> vlan.228 Here the skb is VLAN tagged but the vlan lookup fails on eth2 causing the bonding rx_handler to be called. On the second pass the vlan lookup is on the bond0 iface and completes as expected. Putting a VLAN.228 on both the bond0 and eth2 device will result in eth2.228 receiving the skb. I don't think this is completely unexpected and was the result prior to the rx_handler result. Note, the same setup is also used for other storage traffic that MPIO is used with eg. iSCSI and similar setups can be contrived without storage protocols. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Acked-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Tested-by: Hans Schillstrom <hams.schillstrom@ericsson.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-10-10 17:16:41 +08:00
goto another_round;
else if (unlikely(!skb))
goto unlock;
net: allow vlan traffic to be received under bond The following configuration used to work as I expected. At least we could use the fcoe interfaces to do MPIO and the bond0 iface to do load balancing or failover. ---eth2.228-fcoe | eth2 -----| | |---- bond0 | eth3 -----| | ---eth3.228-fcoe This worked because of a change we added to allow inactive slaves to rx 'exact' matches. This functionality was kept intact with the rx_handler mechanism. However now the vlan interface attached to the active slave never receives traffic because the bonding rx_handler updates the skb->dev and goto's another_round. Previously, the vlan_do_receive() logic was called before the bonding rx_handler. Now by the time vlan_do_receive calls vlan_find_dev() the skb->dev is set to bond0 and it is clear no vlan is attached to this iface. The vlan lookup fails. This patch moves the VLAN check above the rx_handler. A VLAN tagged frame is now routed to the eth2.228-fcoe iface in the above schematic. Untagged frames continue to the bond0 as normal. This case also remains intact, eth2 --> bond0 --> vlan.228 Here the skb is VLAN tagged but the vlan lookup fails on eth2 causing the bonding rx_handler to be called. On the second pass the vlan lookup is on the bond0 iface and completes as expected. Putting a VLAN.228 on both the bond0 and eth2 device will result in eth2.228 receiving the skb. I don't think this is completely unexpected and was the result prior to the rx_handler result. Note, the same setup is also used for other storage traffic that MPIO is used with eg. iSCSI and similar setups can be contrived without storage protocols. Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com> Acked-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Tested-by: Hans Schillstrom <hams.schillstrom@ericsson.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-10-10 17:16:41 +08:00
}
rx_handler = rcu_dereference(skb->dev->rx_handler);
if (rx_handler) {
if (pt_prev) {
ret = deliver_skb(skb, pt_prev, orig_dev);
pt_prev = NULL;
}
switch (rx_handler(&skb)) {
case RX_HANDLER_CONSUMED:
ret = NET_RX_SUCCESS;
goto unlock;
case RX_HANDLER_ANOTHER:
goto another_round;
case RX_HANDLER_EXACT:
deliver_exact = true;
case RX_HANDLER_PASS:
break;
default:
BUG();
}
}
if (unlikely(vlan_tx_tag_present(skb))) {
if (vlan_tx_tag_get_id(skb))
skb->pkt_type = PACKET_OTHERHOST;
/* Note: we might in the future use prio bits
* and set skb->priority like in vlan_do_receive()
* For the time being, just ignore Priority Code Point
*/
skb->vlan_tci = 0;
}
/* deliver only exact match when indicated */
null_or_dev = deliver_exact ? skb->dev : NULL;
bonding: allow arp_ip_targets on separate vlans to use arp validation This allows a bond device to specify an arp_ip_target as a host that is not on the same vlan as the base bond device and still use arp validation. A configuration like this, now works: BONDING_OPTS="mode=active-backup arp_interval=1000 arp_ip_target=10.0.100.1 arp_validate=3" 1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 16436 qdisc noqueue link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00 inet 127.0.0.1/8 scope host lo inet6 ::1/128 scope host valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever 2: eth1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,SLAVE,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master bond0 qlen 1000 link/ether 00:13:21:be:33:e9 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 3: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,SLAVE,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast master bond0 qlen 1000 link/ether 00:13:21:be:33:e9 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 8: bond0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue link/ether 00:13:21:be:33:e9 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff inet6 fe80::213:21ff:febe:33e9/64 scope link valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever 9: bond0.100@bond0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue link/ether 00:13:21:be:33:e9 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff inet 10.0.100.2/24 brd 10.0.100.255 scope global bond0.100 inet6 fe80::213:21ff:febe:33e9/64 scope link valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever Ethernet Channel Bonding Driver: v3.6.0 (September 26, 2009) Bonding Mode: fault-tolerance (active-backup) Primary Slave: None Currently Active Slave: eth1 MII Status: up MII Polling Interval (ms): 0 Up Delay (ms): 0 Down Delay (ms): 0 ARP Polling Interval (ms): 1000 ARP IP target/s (n.n.n.n form): 10.0.100.1 Slave Interface: eth1 MII Status: up Link Failure Count: 1 Permanent HW addr: 00:40:05:30:ff:30 Slave Interface: eth0 MII Status: up Link Failure Count: 0 Permanent HW addr: 00:13:21:be:33:e9 Signed-off-by: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net> Signed-off-by: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-12-14 18:48:58 +08:00
type = skb->protocol;
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype,
&ptype_base[ntohs(type) & PTYPE_HASH_MASK], list) {
if (ptype->type == type &&
(ptype->dev == null_or_dev || ptype->dev == skb->dev ||
ptype->dev == orig_dev)) {
if (pt_prev)
ret = deliver_skb(skb, pt_prev, orig_dev);
pt_prev = ptype;
}
}
if (pt_prev) {
if (unlikely(skb_orphan_frags(skb, GFP_ATOMIC)))
goto drop;
else
ret = pt_prev->func(skb, skb->dev, pt_prev, orig_dev);
} else {
drop:
atomic_long_inc(&skb->dev->rx_dropped);
kfree_skb(skb);
/* Jamal, now you will not able to escape explaining
* me how you were going to use this. :-)
*/
ret = NET_RX_DROP;
}
unlock:
rcu_read_unlock();
out:
return ret;
}
static int __netif_receive_skb(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
int ret;
if (sk_memalloc_socks() && skb_pfmemalloc(skb)) {
unsigned long pflags = current->flags;
/*
* PFMEMALLOC skbs are special, they should
* - be delivered to SOCK_MEMALLOC sockets only
* - stay away from userspace
* - have bounded memory usage
*
* Use PF_MEMALLOC as this saves us from propagating the allocation
* context down to all allocation sites.
*/
current->flags |= PF_MEMALLOC;
ret = __netif_receive_skb_core(skb, true);
tsk_restore_flags(current, pflags, PF_MEMALLOC);
} else
ret = __netif_receive_skb_core(skb, false);
return ret;
}
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
/**
* netif_receive_skb - process receive buffer from network
* @skb: buffer to process
*
* netif_receive_skb() is the main receive data processing function.
* It always succeeds. The buffer may be dropped during processing
* for congestion control or by the protocol layers.
*
* This function may only be called from softirq context and interrupts
* should be enabled.
*
* Return values (usually ignored):
* NET_RX_SUCCESS: no congestion
* NET_RX_DROP: packet was dropped
*/
int netif_receive_skb(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
net_timestamp_check(netdev_tstamp_prequeue, skb);
if (skb_defer_rx_timestamp(skb))
return NET_RX_SUCCESS;
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
static keys: Introduce 'struct static_key', static_key_true()/false() and static_key_slow_[inc|dec]() So here's a boot tested patch on top of Jason's series that does all the cleanups I talked about and turns jump labels into a more intuitive to use facility. It should also address the various misconceptions and confusions that surround jump labels. Typical usage scenarios: #include <linux/static_key.h> struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; if (static_key_false(&key)) do unlikely code else do likely code Or: if (static_key_true(&key)) do likely code else do unlikely code The static key is modified via: static_key_slow_inc(&key); ... static_key_slow_dec(&key); The 'slow' prefix makes it abundantly clear that this is an expensive operation. I've updated all in-kernel code to use this everywhere. Note that I (intentionally) have not pushed through the rename blindly through to the lowest levels: the actual jump-label patching arch facility should be named like that, so we want to decouple jump labels from the static-key facility a bit. On non-jump-label enabled architectures static keys default to likely()/unlikely() branches. Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu> Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org> Cc: a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com Cc: davem@davemloft.net Cc: ddaney.cavm@gmail.com Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org> Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20120222085809.GA26397@elte.hu Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2012-02-24 15:31:31 +08:00
if (static_key_false(&rps_needed)) {
struct rps_dev_flow voidflow, *rflow = &voidflow;
int cpu, ret;
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
rcu_read_lock();
cpu = get_rps_cpu(skb->dev, skb, &rflow);
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
if (cpu >= 0) {
ret = enqueue_to_backlog(skb, cpu, &rflow->last_qtail);
rcu_read_unlock();
return ret;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
}
#endif
return __netif_receive_skb(skb);
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_receive_skb);
/* Network device is going away, flush any packets still pending
* Called with irqs disabled.
*/
static void flush_backlog(void *arg)
{
struct net_device *dev = arg;
struct softnet_data *sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
struct sk_buff *skb, *tmp;
rps_lock(sd);
skb_queue_walk_safe(&sd->input_pkt_queue, skb, tmp) {
if (skb->dev == dev) {
__skb_unlink(skb, &sd->input_pkt_queue);
kfree_skb(skb);
input_queue_head_incr(sd);
}
}
rps_unlock(sd);
skb_queue_walk_safe(&sd->process_queue, skb, tmp) {
if (skb->dev == dev) {
__skb_unlink(skb, &sd->process_queue);
kfree_skb(skb);
input_queue_head_incr(sd);
}
}
}
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
static int napi_gro_complete(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct packet_offload *ptype;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
__be16 type = skb->protocol;
struct list_head *head = &offload_base;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
int err = -ENOENT;
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(struct napi_gro_cb) > sizeof(skb->cb));
if (NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->count == 1) {
skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_size = 0;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
goto out;
}
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
rcu_read_lock();
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, head, list) {
if (ptype->type != type || !ptype->callbacks.gro_complete)
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
continue;
err = ptype->callbacks.gro_complete(skb);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
break;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
if (err) {
WARN_ON(&ptype->list == head);
kfree_skb(skb);
return NET_RX_SUCCESS;
}
out:
return netif_receive_skb(skb);
}
/* napi->gro_list contains packets ordered by age.
* youngest packets at the head of it.
* Complete skbs in reverse order to reduce latencies.
*/
void napi_gro_flush(struct napi_struct *napi, bool flush_old)
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
{
struct sk_buff *skb, *prev = NULL;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
/* scan list and build reverse chain */
for (skb = napi->gro_list; skb != NULL; skb = skb->next) {
skb->prev = prev;
prev = skb;
}
for (skb = prev; skb; skb = prev) {
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
skb->next = NULL;
if (flush_old && NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->age == jiffies)
return;
prev = skb->prev;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
napi_gro_complete(skb);
napi->gro_count--;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
}
napi->gro_list = NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_gro_flush);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
static void gro_list_prepare(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct sk_buff *p;
unsigned int maclen = skb->dev->hard_header_len;
for (p = napi->gro_list; p; p = p->next) {
unsigned long diffs;
diffs = (unsigned long)p->dev ^ (unsigned long)skb->dev;
diffs |= p->vlan_tci ^ skb->vlan_tci;
if (maclen == ETH_HLEN)
diffs |= compare_ether_header(skb_mac_header(p),
skb_gro_mac_header(skb));
else if (!diffs)
diffs = memcmp(skb_mac_header(p),
skb_gro_mac_header(skb),
maclen);
NAPI_GRO_CB(p)->same_flow = !diffs;
NAPI_GRO_CB(p)->flush = 0;
}
}
static enum gro_result dev_gro_receive(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb)
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
{
struct sk_buff **pp = NULL;
struct packet_offload *ptype;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
__be16 type = skb->protocol;
struct list_head *head = &offload_base;
int same_flow;
enum gro_result ret;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
if (!(skb->dev->features & NETIF_F_GRO) || netpoll_rx_on(skb))
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
goto normal;
if (skb_is_gso(skb) || skb_has_frag_list(skb))
goto normal;
gro_list_prepare(napi, skb);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
rcu_read_lock();
list_for_each_entry_rcu(ptype, head, list) {
if (ptype->type != type || !ptype->callbacks.gro_receive)
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
continue;
skb_set_network_header(skb, skb_gro_offset(skb));
skb_reset_mac_len(skb);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow = 0;
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush = 0;
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->free = 0;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
pp = ptype->callbacks.gro_receive(&napi->gro_list, skb);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
break;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
if (&ptype->list == head)
goto normal;
same_flow = NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow;
ret = NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->free ? GRO_MERGED_FREE : GRO_MERGED;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
if (pp) {
struct sk_buff *nskb = *pp;
*pp = nskb->next;
nskb->next = NULL;
napi_gro_complete(nskb);
napi->gro_count--;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
}
if (same_flow)
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
goto ok;
if (NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush || napi->gro_count >= MAX_GRO_SKBS)
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
goto normal;
napi->gro_count++;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->count = 1;
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->age = jiffies;
skb_shinfo(skb)->gso_size = skb_gro_len(skb);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
skb->next = napi->gro_list;
napi->gro_list = skb;
ret = GRO_HELD;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
pull:
if (skb_headlen(skb) < skb_gro_offset(skb)) {
int grow = skb_gro_offset(skb) - skb_headlen(skb);
BUG_ON(skb->end - skb->tail < grow);
memcpy(skb_tail_pointer(skb), NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0, grow);
skb->tail += grow;
skb->data_len -= grow;
skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0].page_offset += grow;
skb_frag_size_sub(&skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0], grow);
if (unlikely(!skb_frag_size(&skb_shinfo(skb)->frags[0]))) {
skb_frag_unref(skb, 0);
memmove(skb_shinfo(skb)->frags,
skb_shinfo(skb)->frags + 1,
--skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags * sizeof(skb_frag_t));
}
}
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
ok:
return ret;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
normal:
ret = GRO_NORMAL;
goto pull;
}
static gro_result_t napi_skb_finish(gro_result_t ret, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
switch (ret) {
case GRO_NORMAL:
if (netif_receive_skb(skb))
ret = GRO_DROP;
break;
case GRO_DROP:
kfree_skb(skb);
break;
case GRO_MERGED_FREE:
if (NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->free == NAPI_GRO_FREE_STOLEN_HEAD)
kmem_cache_free(skbuff_head_cache, skb);
else
__kfree_skb(skb);
break;
case GRO_HELD:
case GRO_MERGED:
break;
}
return ret;
}
static void skb_gro_reset_offset(struct sk_buff *skb)
{
const struct skb_shared_info *pinfo = skb_shinfo(skb);
const skb_frag_t *frag0 = &pinfo->frags[0];
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->data_offset = 0;
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 = NULL;
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0_len = 0;
if (skb_mac_header(skb) == skb_tail_pointer(skb) &&
pinfo->nr_frags &&
!PageHighMem(skb_frag_page(frag0))) {
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0 = skb_frag_address(frag0);
NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->frag0_len = skb_frag_size(frag0);
}
}
gro_result_t napi_gro_receive(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
skb_gro_reset_offset(skb);
return napi_skb_finish(dev_gro_receive(napi, skb), skb);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_gro_receive);
static void napi_reuse_skb(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb)
{
__skb_pull(skb, skb_headlen(skb));
/* restore the reserve we had after netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align() */
skb_reserve(skb, NET_SKB_PAD + NET_IP_ALIGN - skb_headroom(skb));
vlan: Centralize handling of hardware acceleration. Currently each driver that is capable of vlan hardware acceleration must be aware of the vlan groups that are configured and then pass the stripped tag to a specialized receive function. This is different from other types of hardware offload in that it places a significant amount of knowledge in the driver itself rather keeping it in the networking core. This makes vlan offloading function more similarly to other forms of offloading (such as checksum offloading or TSO) by doing the following: * On receive, stripped vlans are passed directly to the network core, without attempting to check for vlan groups or reconstructing the header if no group * vlans are made less special by folding the logic into the main receive routines * On transmit, the device layer will add the vlan header in software if the hardware doesn't support it, instead of spreading that logic out in upper layers, such as bonding. There are a number of advantages to this: * Fixes all bugs with drivers incorrectly dropping vlan headers at once. * Avoids having to disable VLAN acceleration when in promiscuous mode (good for bridging since it always puts devices in promiscuous mode). * Keeps VLAN tag separate until given to ultimate consumer, which avoids needing to do header reconstruction as in tg3 unless absolutely necessary. * Consolidates common code in core networking. Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-10-20 21:56:06 +08:00
skb->vlan_tci = 0;
skb->dev = napi->dev;
skb->skb_iif = 0;
napi->skb = skb;
}
struct sk_buff *napi_get_frags(struct napi_struct *napi)
{
struct sk_buff *skb = napi->skb;
if (!skb) {
skb = netdev_alloc_skb_ip_align(napi->dev, GRO_MAX_HEAD);
if (skb)
napi->skb = skb;
}
return skb;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_get_frags);
static gro_result_t napi_frags_finish(struct napi_struct *napi, struct sk_buff *skb,
gro_result_t ret)
{
switch (ret) {
case GRO_NORMAL:
case GRO_HELD:
skb->protocol = eth_type_trans(skb, skb->dev);
if (ret == GRO_HELD)
skb_gro_pull(skb, -ETH_HLEN);
else if (netif_receive_skb(skb))
ret = GRO_DROP;
break;
case GRO_DROP:
case GRO_MERGED_FREE:
napi_reuse_skb(napi, skb);
break;
case GRO_MERGED:
break;
}
return ret;
}
static struct sk_buff *napi_frags_skb(struct napi_struct *napi)
{
struct sk_buff *skb = napi->skb;
struct ethhdr *eth;
unsigned int hlen;
unsigned int off;
napi->skb = NULL;
skb_reset_mac_header(skb);
skb_gro_reset_offset(skb);
off = skb_gro_offset(skb);
hlen = off + sizeof(*eth);
eth = skb_gro_header_fast(skb, off);
if (skb_gro_header_hard(skb, hlen)) {
eth = skb_gro_header_slow(skb, hlen, off);
if (unlikely(!eth)) {
napi_reuse_skb(napi, skb);
skb = NULL;
goto out;
}
}
skb_gro_pull(skb, sizeof(*eth));
/*
* This works because the only protocols we care about don't require
* special handling. We'll fix it up properly at the end.
*/
skb->protocol = eth->h_proto;
out:
return skb;
}
gro_result_t napi_gro_frags(struct napi_struct *napi)
{
struct sk_buff *skb = napi_frags_skb(napi);
if (!skb)
return GRO_DROP;
return napi_frags_finish(napi, skb, dev_gro_receive(napi, skb));
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_gro_frags);
/*
* net_rps_action sends any pending IPI's for rps.
* Note: called with local irq disabled, but exits with local irq enabled.
*/
static void net_rps_action_and_irq_enable(struct softnet_data *sd)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
struct softnet_data *remsd = sd->rps_ipi_list;
if (remsd) {
sd->rps_ipi_list = NULL;
local_irq_enable();
/* Send pending IPI's to kick RPS processing on remote cpus. */
while (remsd) {
struct softnet_data *next = remsd->rps_ipi_next;
if (cpu_online(remsd->cpu))
__smp_call_function_single(remsd->cpu,
&remsd->csd, 0);
remsd = next;
}
} else
#endif
local_irq_enable();
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
static int process_backlog(struct napi_struct *napi, int quota)
{
int work = 0;
struct softnet_data *sd = container_of(napi, struct softnet_data, backlog);
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
/* Check if we have pending ipi, its better to send them now,
* not waiting net_rx_action() end.
*/
if (sd->rps_ipi_list) {
local_irq_disable();
net_rps_action_and_irq_enable(sd);
}
#endif
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
napi->weight = weight_p;
local_irq_disable();
while (work < quota) {
struct sk_buff *skb;
unsigned int qlen;
while ((skb = __skb_dequeue(&sd->process_queue))) {
local_irq_enable();
__netif_receive_skb(skb);
local_irq_disable();
input_queue_head_incr(sd);
if (++work >= quota) {
local_irq_enable();
return work;
}
}
rps_lock(sd);
qlen = skb_queue_len(&sd->input_pkt_queue);
if (qlen)
skb_queue_splice_tail_init(&sd->input_pkt_queue,
&sd->process_queue);
if (qlen < quota - work) {
/*
* Inline a custom version of __napi_complete().
* only current cpu owns and manipulates this napi,
* and NAPI_STATE_SCHED is the only possible flag set on backlog.
* we can use a plain write instead of clear_bit(),
* and we dont need an smp_mb() memory barrier.
*/
list_del(&napi->poll_list);
napi->state = 0;
quota = work + qlen;
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
}
rps_unlock(sd);
}
local_irq_enable();
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
return work;
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/**
* __napi_schedule - schedule for receive
* @n: entry to schedule
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
*
* The entry's receive function will be scheduled to run
*/
void __napi_schedule(struct napi_struct *n)
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
{
unsigned long flags;
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
local_irq_save(flags);
____napi_schedule(&__get_cpu_var(softnet_data), n);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
local_irq_restore(flags);
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__napi_schedule);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
void __napi_complete(struct napi_struct *n)
{
BUG_ON(!test_bit(NAPI_STATE_SCHED, &n->state));
BUG_ON(n->gro_list);
list_del(&n->poll_list);
smp_mb__before_clear_bit();
clear_bit(NAPI_STATE_SCHED, &n->state);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(__napi_complete);
void napi_complete(struct napi_struct *n)
{
unsigned long flags;
/*
* don't let napi dequeue from the cpu poll list
* just in case its running on a different cpu
*/
if (unlikely(test_bit(NAPI_STATE_NPSVC, &n->state)))
return;
napi_gro_flush(n, false);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
local_irq_save(flags);
__napi_complete(n);
local_irq_restore(flags);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(napi_complete);
/* must be called under rcu_read_lock(), as we dont take a reference */
struct napi_struct *napi_by_id(unsigned int napi_id)
{
unsigned int hash = napi_id % HASH_SIZE(napi_hash);
struct napi_struct *napi;
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(napi, &napi_hash[hash], napi_hash_node)
if (napi->napi_id == napi_id)
return napi;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(napi_by_id);
void napi_hash_add(struct napi_struct *napi)
{
if (!test_and_set_bit(NAPI_STATE_HASHED, &napi->state)) {
spin_lock(&napi_hash_lock);
/* 0 is not a valid id, we also skip an id that is taken
* we expect both events to be extremely rare
*/
napi->napi_id = 0;
while (!napi->napi_id) {
napi->napi_id = ++napi_gen_id;
if (napi_by_id(napi->napi_id))
napi->napi_id = 0;
}
hlist_add_head_rcu(&napi->napi_hash_node,
&napi_hash[napi->napi_id % HASH_SIZE(napi_hash)]);
spin_unlock(&napi_hash_lock);
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(napi_hash_add);
/* Warning : caller is responsible to make sure rcu grace period
* is respected before freeing memory containing @napi
*/
void napi_hash_del(struct napi_struct *napi)
{
spin_lock(&napi_hash_lock);
if (test_and_clear_bit(NAPI_STATE_HASHED, &napi->state))
hlist_del_rcu(&napi->napi_hash_node);
spin_unlock(&napi_hash_lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(napi_hash_del);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
void netif_napi_add(struct net_device *dev, struct napi_struct *napi,
int (*poll)(struct napi_struct *, int), int weight)
{
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&napi->poll_list);
napi->gro_count = 0;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
napi->gro_list = NULL;
napi->skb = NULL;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
napi->poll = poll;
if (weight > NAPI_POLL_WEIGHT)
pr_err_once("netif_napi_add() called with weight %d on device %s\n",
weight, dev->name);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
napi->weight = weight;
list_add(&napi->dev_list, &dev->napi_list);
napi->dev = dev;
#ifdef CONFIG_NETPOLL
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
spin_lock_init(&napi->poll_lock);
napi->poll_owner = -1;
#endif
set_bit(NAPI_STATE_SCHED, &napi->state);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_napi_add);
void netif_napi_del(struct napi_struct *napi)
{
struct sk_buff *skb, *next;
list_del_init(&napi->dev_list);
napi_free_frags(napi);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
for (skb = napi->gro_list; skb; skb = next) {
next = skb->next;
skb->next = NULL;
kfree_skb(skb);
}
napi->gro_list = NULL;
napi->gro_count = 0;
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_napi_del);
static void net_rx_action(struct softirq_action *h)
{
struct softnet_data *sd = &__get_cpu_var(softnet_data);
unsigned long time_limit = jiffies + 2;
int budget = netdev_budget;
void *have;
local_irq_disable();
while (!list_empty(&sd->poll_list)) {
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
struct napi_struct *n;
int work, weight;
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/* If softirq window is exhuasted then punt.
* Allow this to run for 2 jiffies since which will allow
* an average latency of 1.5/HZ.
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
*/
if (unlikely(budget <= 0 || time_after_eq(jiffies, time_limit)))
goto softnet_break;
local_irq_enable();
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
/* Even though interrupts have been re-enabled, this
* access is safe because interrupts can only add new
* entries to the tail of this list, and only ->poll()
* calls can remove this head entry from the list.
*/
n = list_first_entry(&sd->poll_list, struct napi_struct, poll_list);
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
have = netpoll_poll_lock(n);
weight = n->weight;
/* This NAPI_STATE_SCHED test is for avoiding a race
* with netpoll's poll_napi(). Only the entity which
* obtains the lock and sees NAPI_STATE_SCHED set will
* actually make the ->poll() call. Therefore we avoid
* accidentally calling ->poll() when NAPI is not scheduled.
*/
work = 0;
if (test_bit(NAPI_STATE_SCHED, &n->state)) {
work = n->poll(n, weight);
trace_napi_poll(n);
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
WARN_ON_ONCE(work > weight);
budget -= work;
local_irq_disable();
/* Drivers must not modify the NAPI state if they
* consume the entire weight. In such cases this code
* still "owns" the NAPI instance and therefore can
* move the instance around on the list at-will.
*/
if (unlikely(work == weight)) {
if (unlikely(napi_disable_pending(n))) {
local_irq_enable();
napi_complete(n);
local_irq_disable();
} else {
if (n->gro_list) {
/* flush too old packets
* If HZ < 1000, flush all packets.
*/
local_irq_enable();
napi_gro_flush(n, HZ >= 1000);
local_irq_disable();
}
list_move_tail(&n->poll_list, &sd->poll_list);
}
}
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
netpoll_poll_unlock(have);
}
out:
net_rps_action_and_irq_enable(sd);
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_DMA
/*
* There may not be any more sk_buffs coming right now, so push
* any pending DMA copies to hardware
*/
dma_issue_pending_all();
#endif
[NET]: Make NAPI polling independent of struct net_device objects. Several devices have multiple independant RX queues per net device, and some have a single interrupt doorbell for several queues. In either case, it's easier to support layouts like that if the structure representing the poll is independant from the net device itself. The signature of the ->poll() call back goes from: int foo_poll(struct net_device *dev, int *budget) to int foo_poll(struct napi_struct *napi, int budget) The caller is returned the number of RX packets processed (or the number of "NAPI credits" consumed if you want to get abstract). The callee no longer messes around bumping dev->quota, *budget, etc. because that is all handled in the caller upon return. The napi_struct is to be embedded in the device driver private data structures. Furthermore, it is the driver's responsibility to disable all NAPI instances in it's ->stop() device close handler. Since the napi_struct is privatized into the driver's private data structures, only the driver knows how to get at all of the napi_struct instances it may have per-device. With lots of help and suggestions from Rusty Russell, Roland Dreier, Michael Chan, Jeff Garzik, and Jamal Hadi Salim. Bug fixes from Thomas Graf, Roland Dreier, Peter Zijlstra, Joseph Fannin, Scott Wood, Hans J. Koch, and Michael Chan. [ Ported to current tree and all drivers converted. Integrated Stephen's follow-on kerneldoc additions, and restored poll_list handling to the old style to fix mutual exclusion issues. -DaveM ] Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-04 07:41:36 +08:00
return;
softnet_break:
sd->time_squeeze++;
__raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_RX_SOFTIRQ);
goto out;
}
struct netdev_adjacent {
struct net_device *dev;
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
/* upper master flag, there can only be one master device per list */
bool master;
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
/* indicates that this dev is our first-level lower/upper device */
bool neighbour;
/* counter for the number of times this device was added to us */
u16 ref_nr;
struct list_head list;
struct rcu_head rcu;
};
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
static struct netdev_adjacent *__netdev_find_adj(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *adj_dev,
bool upper)
{
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
struct netdev_adjacent *adj;
struct list_head *dev_list;
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
dev_list = upper ? &dev->upper_dev_list : &dev->lower_dev_list;
list_for_each_entry(adj, dev_list, list) {
if (adj->dev == adj_dev)
return adj;
}
return NULL;
}
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
static inline struct netdev_adjacent *__netdev_find_upper(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *udev)
{
return __netdev_find_adj(dev, udev, true);
}
static inline struct netdev_adjacent *__netdev_find_lower(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *ldev)
{
return __netdev_find_adj(dev, ldev, false);
}
/**
* netdev_has_upper_dev - Check if device is linked to an upper device
* @dev: device
* @upper_dev: upper device to check
*
* Find out if a device is linked to specified upper device and return true
* in case it is. Note that this checks only immediate upper device,
* not through a complete stack of devices. The caller must hold the RTNL lock.
*/
bool netdev_has_upper_dev(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *upper_dev)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
return __netdev_find_upper(dev, upper_dev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_has_upper_dev);
/**
* netdev_has_any_upper_dev - Check if device is linked to some device
* @dev: device
*
* Find out if a device is linked to an upper device and return true in case
* it is. The caller must hold the RTNL lock.
*/
bool netdev_has_any_upper_dev(struct net_device *dev)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
return !list_empty(&dev->upper_dev_list);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_has_any_upper_dev);
/**
* netdev_master_upper_dev_get - Get master upper device
* @dev: device
*
* Find a master upper device and return pointer to it or NULL in case
* it's not there. The caller must hold the RTNL lock.
*/
struct net_device *netdev_master_upper_dev_get(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct netdev_adjacent *upper;
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (list_empty(&dev->upper_dev_list))
return NULL;
upper = list_first_entry(&dev->upper_dev_list,
struct netdev_adjacent, list);
if (likely(upper->master))
return upper->dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_master_upper_dev_get);
/* netdev_upper_get_next_dev_rcu - Get the next dev from upper list
* @dev: device
* @iter: list_head ** of the current position
*
* Gets the next device from the dev's upper list, starting from iter
* position. The caller must hold RCU read lock.
*/
struct net_device *netdev_upper_get_next_dev_rcu(struct net_device *dev,
struct list_head **iter)
{
struct netdev_adjacent *upper;
WARN_ON_ONCE(!rcu_read_lock_held());
upper = list_entry_rcu((*iter)->next, struct netdev_adjacent, list);
if (&upper->list == &dev->upper_dev_list)
return NULL;
*iter = &upper->list;
return upper->dev;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_upper_get_next_dev_rcu);
/**
* netdev_master_upper_dev_get_rcu - Get master upper device
* @dev: device
*
* Find a master upper device and return pointer to it or NULL in case
* it's not there. The caller must hold the RCU read lock.
*/
struct net_device *netdev_master_upper_dev_get_rcu(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct netdev_adjacent *upper;
upper = list_first_or_null_rcu(&dev->upper_dev_list,
struct netdev_adjacent, list);
if (upper && likely(upper->master))
return upper->dev;
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_master_upper_dev_get_rcu);
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
static int __netdev_adjacent_dev_insert(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *adj_dev,
bool neighbour, bool master,
bool upper)
{
struct netdev_adjacent *adj;
adj = __netdev_find_adj(dev, adj_dev, upper);
if (adj) {
BUG_ON(neighbour);
adj->ref_nr++;
return 0;
}
adj = kmalloc(sizeof(*adj), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!adj)
return -ENOMEM;
adj->dev = adj_dev;
adj->master = master;
adj->neighbour = neighbour;
adj->ref_nr = 1;
dev_hold(adj_dev);
pr_debug("dev_hold for %s, because of %s link added from %s to %s\n",
adj_dev->name, upper ? "upper" : "lower", dev->name,
adj_dev->name);
if (!upper) {
list_add_tail_rcu(&adj->list, &dev->lower_dev_list);
return 0;
}
/* Ensure that master upper link is always the first item in list. */
if (master)
list_add_rcu(&adj->list, &dev->upper_dev_list);
else
list_add_tail_rcu(&adj->list, &dev->upper_dev_list);
return 0;
}
static inline int __netdev_upper_dev_insert(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *udev,
bool master, bool neighbour)
{
return __netdev_adjacent_dev_insert(dev, udev, neighbour, master,
true);
}
static inline int __netdev_lower_dev_insert(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *ldev,
bool neighbour)
{
return __netdev_adjacent_dev_insert(dev, ldev, neighbour, false,
false);
}
void __netdev_adjacent_dev_remove(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *adj_dev, bool upper)
{
struct netdev_adjacent *adj;
if (upper)
adj = __netdev_find_upper(dev, adj_dev);
else
adj = __netdev_find_lower(dev, adj_dev);
if (!adj)
BUG();
if (adj->ref_nr > 1) {
adj->ref_nr--;
return;
}
list_del_rcu(&adj->list);
pr_debug("dev_put for %s, because of %s link removed from %s to %s\n",
adj_dev->name, upper ? "upper" : "lower", dev->name,
adj_dev->name);
dev_put(adj_dev);
kfree_rcu(adj, rcu);
}
static inline void __netdev_upper_dev_remove(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *udev)
{
return __netdev_adjacent_dev_remove(dev, udev, true);
}
static inline void __netdev_lower_dev_remove(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *ldev)
{
return __netdev_adjacent_dev_remove(dev, ldev, false);
}
int __netdev_adjacent_dev_insert_link(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *upper_dev,
bool master, bool neighbour)
{
int ret;
ret = __netdev_upper_dev_insert(dev, upper_dev, master, neighbour);
if (ret)
return ret;
ret = __netdev_lower_dev_insert(upper_dev, dev, neighbour);
if (ret) {
__netdev_upper_dev_remove(dev, upper_dev);
return ret;
}
return 0;
}
static inline int __netdev_adjacent_dev_link(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *udev)
{
return __netdev_adjacent_dev_insert_link(dev, udev, false, false);
}
static inline int __netdev_adjacent_dev_link_neighbour(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *udev,
bool master)
{
return __netdev_adjacent_dev_insert_link(dev, udev, master, true);
}
void __netdev_adjacent_dev_unlink(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *upper_dev)
{
__netdev_upper_dev_remove(dev, upper_dev);
__netdev_lower_dev_remove(upper_dev, dev);
}
static int __netdev_upper_dev_link(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *upper_dev, bool master)
{
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
struct netdev_adjacent *i, *j, *to_i, *to_j;
int ret = 0;
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (dev == upper_dev)
return -EBUSY;
/* To prevent loops, check if dev is not upper device to upper_dev. */
if (__netdev_find_upper(upper_dev, dev))
return -EBUSY;
if (__netdev_find_upper(dev, upper_dev))
return -EEXIST;
if (master && netdev_master_upper_dev_get(dev))
return -EBUSY;
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
ret = __netdev_adjacent_dev_link_neighbour(dev, upper_dev, master);
if (ret)
return ret;
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
/* Now that we linked these devs, make all the upper_dev's
* upper_dev_list visible to every dev's lower_dev_list and vice
* versa, and don't forget the devices itself. All of these
* links are non-neighbours.
*/
list_for_each_entry(i, &upper_dev->upper_dev_list, list) {
list_for_each_entry(j, &dev->lower_dev_list, list) {
ret = __netdev_adjacent_dev_link(i->dev, j->dev);
if (ret)
goto rollback_mesh;
}
}
/* add dev to every upper_dev's upper device */
list_for_each_entry(i, &upper_dev->upper_dev_list, list) {
ret = __netdev_adjacent_dev_link(dev, i->dev);
if (ret)
goto rollback_upper_mesh;
}
/* add upper_dev to every dev's lower device */
list_for_each_entry(i, &dev->lower_dev_list, list) {
ret = __netdev_adjacent_dev_link(i->dev, upper_dev);
if (ret)
goto rollback_lower_mesh;
}
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, dev);
return 0;
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
rollback_lower_mesh:
to_i = i;
list_for_each_entry(i, &dev->lower_dev_list, list) {
if (i == to_i)
break;
__netdev_adjacent_dev_unlink(i->dev, upper_dev);
}
i = NULL;
rollback_upper_mesh:
to_i = i;
list_for_each_entry(i, &upper_dev->upper_dev_list, list) {
if (i == to_i)
break;
__netdev_adjacent_dev_unlink(dev, i->dev);
}
i = j = NULL;
rollback_mesh:
to_i = i;
to_j = j;
list_for_each_entry(i, &dev->lower_dev_list, list) {
list_for_each_entry(j, &upper_dev->upper_dev_list, list) {
if (i == to_i && j == to_j)
break;
__netdev_adjacent_dev_unlink(i->dev, j->dev);
}
if (i == to_i)
break;
}
__netdev_adjacent_dev_unlink(dev, upper_dev);
return ret;
}
/**
* netdev_upper_dev_link - Add a link to the upper device
* @dev: device
* @upper_dev: new upper device
*
* Adds a link to device which is upper to this one. The caller must hold
* the RTNL lock. On a failure a negative errno code is returned.
* On success the reference counts are adjusted and the function
* returns zero.
*/
int netdev_upper_dev_link(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *upper_dev)
{
return __netdev_upper_dev_link(dev, upper_dev, false);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_upper_dev_link);
/**
* netdev_master_upper_dev_link - Add a master link to the upper device
* @dev: device
* @upper_dev: new upper device
*
* Adds a link to device which is upper to this one. In this case, only
* one master upper device can be linked, although other non-master devices
* might be linked as well. The caller must hold the RTNL lock.
* On a failure a negative errno code is returned. On success the reference
* counts are adjusted and the function returns zero.
*/
int netdev_master_upper_dev_link(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *upper_dev)
{
return __netdev_upper_dev_link(dev, upper_dev, true);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_master_upper_dev_link);
/**
* netdev_upper_dev_unlink - Removes a link to upper device
* @dev: device
* @upper_dev: new upper device
*
* Removes a link to device which is upper to this one. The caller must hold
* the RTNL lock.
*/
void netdev_upper_dev_unlink(struct net_device *dev,
struct net_device *upper_dev)
{
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
struct netdev_adjacent *i, *j;
ASSERT_RTNL();
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
__netdev_adjacent_dev_unlink(dev, upper_dev);
/* Here is the tricky part. We must remove all dev's lower
* devices from all upper_dev's upper devices and vice
* versa, to maintain the graph relationship.
*/
list_for_each_entry(i, &dev->lower_dev_list, list)
list_for_each_entry(j, &upper_dev->upper_dev_list, list)
__netdev_adjacent_dev_unlink(i->dev, j->dev);
/* remove also the devices itself from lower/upper device
* list
*/
list_for_each_entry(i, &dev->lower_dev_list, list)
__netdev_adjacent_dev_unlink(i->dev, upper_dev);
list_for_each_entry(i, &upper_dev->upper_dev_list, list)
__netdev_adjacent_dev_unlink(dev, i->dev);
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGEUPPER, dev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_upper_dev_unlink);
static void dev_change_rx_flags(struct net_device *dev, int flags)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
if ((dev->flags & IFF_UP) && ops->ndo_change_rx_flags)
ops->ndo_change_rx_flags(dev, flags);
}
static int __dev_set_promiscuity(struct net_device *dev, int inc)
{
unsigned int old_flags = dev->flags;
kuid_t uid;
kgid_t gid;
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
dev->flags |= IFF_PROMISC;
dev->promiscuity += inc;
if (dev->promiscuity == 0) {
/*
* Avoid overflow.
* If inc causes overflow, untouch promisc and return error.
*/
if (inc < 0)
dev->flags &= ~IFF_PROMISC;
else {
dev->promiscuity -= inc;
pr_warn("%s: promiscuity touches roof, set promiscuity failed. promiscuity feature of device might be broken.\n",
dev->name);
return -EOVERFLOW;
}
}
if (dev->flags != old_flags) {
pr_info("device %s %s promiscuous mode\n",
dev->name,
dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC ? "entered" : "left");
if (audit_enabled) {
current_uid_gid(&uid, &gid);
audit_log(current->audit_context, GFP_ATOMIC,
AUDIT_ANOM_PROMISCUOUS,
"dev=%s prom=%d old_prom=%d auid=%u uid=%u gid=%u ses=%u",
dev->name, (dev->flags & IFF_PROMISC),
(old_flags & IFF_PROMISC),
from_kuid(&init_user_ns, audit_get_loginuid(current)),
from_kuid(&init_user_ns, uid),
from_kgid(&init_user_ns, gid),
audit_get_sessionid(current));
}
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
dev_change_rx_flags(dev, IFF_PROMISC);
}
return 0;
}
/**
* dev_set_promiscuity - update promiscuity count on a device
* @dev: device
* @inc: modifier
*
* Add or remove promiscuity from a device. While the count in the device
* remains above zero the interface remains promiscuous. Once it hits zero
* the device reverts back to normal filtering operation. A negative inc
* value is used to drop promiscuity on the device.
* Return 0 if successful or a negative errno code on error.
*/
int dev_set_promiscuity(struct net_device *dev, int inc)
{
unsigned int old_flags = dev->flags;
int err;
err = __dev_set_promiscuity(dev, inc);
if (err < 0)
return err;
if (dev->flags != old_flags)
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_set_promiscuity);
/**
* dev_set_allmulti - update allmulti count on a device
* @dev: device
* @inc: modifier
*
* Add or remove reception of all multicast frames to a device. While the
* count in the device remains above zero the interface remains listening
* to all interfaces. Once it hits zero the device reverts back to normal
* filtering operation. A negative @inc value is used to drop the counter
* when releasing a resource needing all multicasts.
* Return 0 if successful or a negative errno code on error.
*/
int dev_set_allmulti(struct net_device *dev, int inc)
{
unsigned int old_flags = dev->flags;
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
dev->flags |= IFF_ALLMULTI;
dev->allmulti += inc;
if (dev->allmulti == 0) {
/*
* Avoid overflow.
* If inc causes overflow, untouch allmulti and return error.
*/
if (inc < 0)
dev->flags &= ~IFF_ALLMULTI;
else {
dev->allmulti -= inc;
pr_warn("%s: allmulti touches roof, set allmulti failed. allmulti feature of device might be broken.\n",
dev->name);
return -EOVERFLOW;
}
}
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
if (dev->flags ^ old_flags) {
dev_change_rx_flags(dev, IFF_ALLMULTI);
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
}
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_set_allmulti);
/*
* Upload unicast and multicast address lists to device and
* configure RX filtering. When the device doesn't support unicast
* filtering it is put in promiscuous mode while unicast addresses
* are present.
*/
void __dev_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
/* dev_open will call this function so the list will stay sane. */
if (!(dev->flags&IFF_UP))
return;
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return;
if (!(dev->priv_flags & IFF_UNICAST_FLT)) {
/* Unicast addresses changes may only happen under the rtnl,
* therefore calling __dev_set_promiscuity here is safe.
*/
if (!netdev_uc_empty(dev) && !dev->uc_promisc) {
__dev_set_promiscuity(dev, 1);
dev->uc_promisc = true;
} else if (netdev_uc_empty(dev) && dev->uc_promisc) {
__dev_set_promiscuity(dev, -1);
dev->uc_promisc = false;
}
}
if (ops->ndo_set_rx_mode)
ops->ndo_set_rx_mode(dev);
}
void dev_set_rx_mode(struct net_device *dev)
{
netif_addr_lock_bh(dev);
__dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
netif_addr_unlock_bh(dev);
}
/**
* dev_get_flags - get flags reported to userspace
* @dev: device
*
* Get the combination of flag bits exported through APIs to userspace.
*/
unsigned int dev_get_flags(const struct net_device *dev)
{
unsigned int flags;
flags = (dev->flags & ~(IFF_PROMISC |
IFF_ALLMULTI |
IFF_RUNNING |
IFF_LOWER_UP |
IFF_DORMANT)) |
(dev->gflags & (IFF_PROMISC |
IFF_ALLMULTI));
if (netif_running(dev)) {
if (netif_oper_up(dev))
flags |= IFF_RUNNING;
if (netif_carrier_ok(dev))
flags |= IFF_LOWER_UP;
if (netif_dormant(dev))
flags |= IFF_DORMANT;
}
return flags;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_flags);
int __dev_change_flags(struct net_device *dev, unsigned int flags)
{
unsigned int old_flags = dev->flags;
int ret;
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
/*
* Set the flags on our device.
*/
dev->flags = (flags & (IFF_DEBUG | IFF_NOTRAILERS | IFF_NOARP |
IFF_DYNAMIC | IFF_MULTICAST | IFF_PORTSEL |
IFF_AUTOMEDIA)) |
(dev->flags & (IFF_UP | IFF_VOLATILE | IFF_PROMISC |
IFF_ALLMULTI));
/*
* Load in the correct multicast list now the flags have changed.
*/
if ((old_flags ^ flags) & IFF_MULTICAST)
dev_change_rx_flags(dev, IFF_MULTICAST);
[NET]: Add net_device change_rx_mode callback Currently the set_multicast_list (and set_rx_mode) callbacks are responsible for configuring the device according to the IFF_PROMISC, IFF_MULTICAST and IFF_ALLMULTI flags and the mc_list (and uc_list in case of set_rx_mode). These callbacks can be invoked from BH context without the rtnl_mutex by dev_mc_add/dev_mc_delete, which makes reading the device flags and promiscous/allmulti count racy. For real hardware drivers that just commit all changes to the hardware this is not a real problem since the stack guarantees to call them for every change, so at least the final call will not race and commit the correct configuration to the hardware. For software devices that want to synchronize promiscous and multicast state to an underlying device however this can cause corruption of the underlying device's flags or promisc/allmulti counts. When the software device is concurrently put in promiscous or allmulti mode while set_multicast_list is invoked from bottem half context, the device might synchronize the change to the underlying device without holding the rtnl_mutex, which races with concurrent changes to the underlying device. Add a dev->change_rx_flags hook that is invoked when any of the flags that affect rx filtering change (under the rtnl_mutex), which allows drivers to perform synchronization immediately and only synchronize the address lists in set_multicast_list/set_rx_mode. Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-07-15 09:51:31 +08:00
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
/*
* Have we downed the interface. We handle IFF_UP ourselves
* according to user attempts to set it, rather than blindly
* setting it.
*/
ret = 0;
if ((old_flags ^ flags) & IFF_UP) { /* Bit is different ? */
ret = ((old_flags & IFF_UP) ? __dev_close : __dev_open)(dev);
if (!ret)
dev_set_rx_mode(dev);
}
if ((flags ^ dev->gflags) & IFF_PROMISC) {
int inc = (flags & IFF_PROMISC) ? 1 : -1;
dev->gflags ^= IFF_PROMISC;
dev_set_promiscuity(dev, inc);
}
/* NOTE: order of synchronization of IFF_PROMISC and IFF_ALLMULTI
is important. Some (broken) drivers set IFF_PROMISC, when
IFF_ALLMULTI is requested not asking us and not reporting.
*/
if ((flags ^ dev->gflags) & IFF_ALLMULTI) {
int inc = (flags & IFF_ALLMULTI) ? 1 : -1;
dev->gflags ^= IFF_ALLMULTI;
dev_set_allmulti(dev, inc);
}
return ret;
}
void __dev_notify_flags(struct net_device *dev, unsigned int old_flags)
{
unsigned int changes = dev->flags ^ old_flags;
if (changes & IFF_UP) {
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP)
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UP, dev);
else
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_DOWN, dev);
}
if (dev->flags & IFF_UP &&
(changes & ~(IFF_UP | IFF_PROMISC | IFF_ALLMULTI | IFF_VOLATILE))) {
struct netdev_notifier_change_info change_info;
change_info.flags_changed = changes;
call_netdevice_notifiers_info(NETDEV_CHANGE, dev,
&change_info.info);
}
}
/**
* dev_change_flags - change device settings
* @dev: device
* @flags: device state flags
*
* Change settings on device based state flags. The flags are
* in the userspace exported format.
*/
int dev_change_flags(struct net_device *dev, unsigned int flags)
{
int ret;
unsigned int changes, old_flags = dev->flags;
ret = __dev_change_flags(dev, flags);
if (ret < 0)
return ret;
changes = old_flags ^ dev->flags;
if (changes)
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_NEWLINK, dev, changes);
__dev_notify_flags(dev, old_flags);
return ret;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_change_flags);
/**
* dev_set_mtu - Change maximum transfer unit
* @dev: device
* @new_mtu: new transfer unit
*
* Change the maximum transfer size of the network device.
*/
int dev_set_mtu(struct net_device *dev, int new_mtu)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
int err;
if (new_mtu == dev->mtu)
return 0;
/* MTU must be positive. */
if (new_mtu < 0)
return -EINVAL;
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
err = 0;
if (ops->ndo_change_mtu)
err = ops->ndo_change_mtu(dev, new_mtu);
else
dev->mtu = new_mtu;
if (!err)
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGEMTU, dev);
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_set_mtu);
/**
* dev_set_group - Change group this device belongs to
* @dev: device
* @new_group: group this device should belong to
*/
void dev_set_group(struct net_device *dev, int new_group)
{
dev->group = new_group;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_set_group);
/**
* dev_set_mac_address - Change Media Access Control Address
* @dev: device
* @sa: new address
*
* Change the hardware (MAC) address of the device
*/
int dev_set_mac_address(struct net_device *dev, struct sockaddr *sa)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
int err;
if (!ops->ndo_set_mac_address)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (sa->sa_family != dev->type)
return -EINVAL;
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
err = ops->ndo_set_mac_address(dev, sa);
if (err)
return err;
dev->addr_assign_type = NET_ADDR_SET;
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_CHANGEADDR, dev);
add_device_randomness(dev->dev_addr, dev->addr_len);
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_set_mac_address);
/**
* dev_change_carrier - Change device carrier
* @dev: device
* @new_carrier: new value
*
* Change device carrier
*/
int dev_change_carrier(struct net_device *dev, bool new_carrier)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
if (!ops->ndo_change_carrier)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
if (!netif_device_present(dev))
return -ENODEV;
return ops->ndo_change_carrier(dev, new_carrier);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_change_carrier);
/**
* dev_get_phys_port_id - Get device physical port ID
* @dev: device
* @ppid: port ID
*
* Get device physical port ID
*/
int dev_get_phys_port_id(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_phys_port_id *ppid)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
if (!ops->ndo_get_phys_port_id)
return -EOPNOTSUPP;
return ops->ndo_get_phys_port_id(dev, ppid);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_phys_port_id);
/**
* dev_new_index - allocate an ifindex
* @net: the applicable net namespace
*
* Returns a suitable unique value for a new device interface
* number. The caller must hold the rtnl semaphore or the
* dev_base_lock to be sure it remains unique.
*/
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
static int dev_new_index(struct net *net)
{
int ifindex = net->ifindex;
for (;;) {
if (++ifindex <= 0)
ifindex = 1;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (!__dev_get_by_index(net, ifindex))
return net->ifindex = ifindex;
}
}
/* Delayed registration/unregisteration */
static LIST_HEAD(net_todo_list);
static void net_set_todo(struct net_device *dev)
{
list_add_tail(&dev->todo_list, &net_todo_list);
}
static void rollback_registered_many(struct list_head *head)
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
{
struct net_device *dev, *tmp;
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
BUG_ON(dev_boot_phase);
ASSERT_RTNL();
list_for_each_entry_safe(dev, tmp, head, unreg_list) {
/* Some devices call without registering
* for initialization unwind. Remove those
* devices and proceed with the remaining.
*/
if (dev->reg_state == NETREG_UNINITIALIZED) {
pr_debug("unregister_netdevice: device %s/%p never was registered\n",
dev->name, dev);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
WARN_ON(1);
list_del(&dev->unreg_list);
continue;
}
dev->dismantle = true;
BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_REGISTERED);
}
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
/* If device is running, close it first. */
dev_close_many(head);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
list_for_each_entry(dev, head, unreg_list) {
/* And unlink it from device chain. */
unlist_netdevice(dev);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
dev->reg_state = NETREG_UNREGISTERING;
}
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
synchronize_net();
list_for_each_entry(dev, head, unreg_list) {
/* Shutdown queueing discipline. */
dev_shutdown(dev);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
/* Notify protocols, that we are about to destroy
this device. They should clean all the things.
*/
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
if (!dev->rtnl_link_ops ||
dev->rtnl_link_state == RTNL_LINK_INITIALIZED)
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_DELLINK, dev, ~0U);
/*
* Flush the unicast and multicast chains
*/
dev_uc_flush(dev);
dev_mc_flush(dev);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
if (dev->netdev_ops->ndo_uninit)
dev->netdev_ops->ndo_uninit(dev);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
/* Notifier chain MUST detach us all upper devices. */
WARN_ON(netdev_has_any_upper_dev(dev));
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
/* Remove entries from kobject tree */
netdev_unregister_kobject(dev);
#ifdef CONFIG_XPS
/* Remove XPS queueing entries */
netif_reset_xps_queues_gt(dev, 0);
#endif
}
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
synchronize_net();
list_for_each_entry(dev, head, unreg_list)
dev_put(dev);
}
static void rollback_registered(struct net_device *dev)
{
LIST_HEAD(single);
list_add(&dev->unreg_list, &single);
rollback_registered_many(&single);
list_del(&single);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
}
static netdev_features_t netdev_fix_features(struct net_device *dev,
netdev_features_t features)
{
/* Fix illegal checksum combinations */
if ((features & NETIF_F_HW_CSUM) &&
(features & (NETIF_F_IP_CSUM|NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM))) {
netdev_warn(dev, "mixed HW and IP checksum settings.\n");
features &= ~(NETIF_F_IP_CSUM|NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM);
}
/* TSO requires that SG is present as well. */
if ((features & NETIF_F_ALL_TSO) && !(features & NETIF_F_SG)) {
netdev_dbg(dev, "Dropping TSO features since no SG feature.\n");
features &= ~NETIF_F_ALL_TSO;
}
if ((features & NETIF_F_TSO) && !(features & NETIF_F_HW_CSUM) &&
!(features & NETIF_F_IP_CSUM)) {
netdev_dbg(dev, "Dropping TSO features since no CSUM feature.\n");
features &= ~NETIF_F_TSO;
features &= ~NETIF_F_TSO_ECN;
}
if ((features & NETIF_F_TSO6) && !(features & NETIF_F_HW_CSUM) &&
!(features & NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM)) {
netdev_dbg(dev, "Dropping TSO6 features since no CSUM feature.\n");
features &= ~NETIF_F_TSO6;
}
/* TSO ECN requires that TSO is present as well. */
if ((features & NETIF_F_ALL_TSO) == NETIF_F_TSO_ECN)
features &= ~NETIF_F_TSO_ECN;
/* Software GSO depends on SG. */
if ((features & NETIF_F_GSO) && !(features & NETIF_F_SG)) {
netdev_dbg(dev, "Dropping NETIF_F_GSO since no SG feature.\n");
features &= ~NETIF_F_GSO;
}
/* UFO needs SG and checksumming */
if (features & NETIF_F_UFO) {
/* maybe split UFO into V4 and V6? */
if (!((features & NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM) ||
(features & (NETIF_F_IP_CSUM|NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM))
== (NETIF_F_IP_CSUM|NETIF_F_IPV6_CSUM))) {
netdev_dbg(dev,
"Dropping NETIF_F_UFO since no checksum offload features.\n");
features &= ~NETIF_F_UFO;
}
if (!(features & NETIF_F_SG)) {
netdev_dbg(dev,
"Dropping NETIF_F_UFO since no NETIF_F_SG feature.\n");
features &= ~NETIF_F_UFO;
}
}
return features;
}
int __netdev_update_features(struct net_device *dev)
{
netdev_features_t features;
int err = 0;
ASSERT_RTNL();
features = netdev_get_wanted_features(dev);
if (dev->netdev_ops->ndo_fix_features)
features = dev->netdev_ops->ndo_fix_features(dev, features);
/* driver might be less strict about feature dependencies */
features = netdev_fix_features(dev, features);
if (dev->features == features)
return 0;
netdev_dbg(dev, "Features changed: %pNF -> %pNF\n",
&dev->features, &features);
if (dev->netdev_ops->ndo_set_features)
err = dev->netdev_ops->ndo_set_features(dev, features);
if (unlikely(err < 0)) {
netdev_err(dev,
"set_features() failed (%d); wanted %pNF, left %pNF\n",
err, &features, &dev->features);
return -1;
}
if (!err)
dev->features = features;
return 1;
}
/**
* netdev_update_features - recalculate device features
* @dev: the device to check
*
* Recalculate dev->features set and send notifications if it
* has changed. Should be called after driver or hardware dependent
* conditions might have changed that influence the features.
*/
void netdev_update_features(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (__netdev_update_features(dev))
netdev_features_change(dev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_update_features);
/**
* netdev_change_features - recalculate device features
* @dev: the device to check
*
* Recalculate dev->features set and send notifications even
* if they have not changed. Should be called instead of
* netdev_update_features() if also dev->vlan_features might
* have changed to allow the changes to be propagated to stacked
* VLAN devices.
*/
void netdev_change_features(struct net_device *dev)
{
__netdev_update_features(dev);
netdev_features_change(dev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_change_features);
/**
* netif_stacked_transfer_operstate - transfer operstate
* @rootdev: the root or lower level device to transfer state from
* @dev: the device to transfer operstate to
*
* Transfer operational state from root to device. This is normally
* called when a stacking relationship exists between the root
* device and the device(a leaf device).
*/
void netif_stacked_transfer_operstate(const struct net_device *rootdev,
struct net_device *dev)
{
if (rootdev->operstate == IF_OPER_DORMANT)
netif_dormant_on(dev);
else
netif_dormant_off(dev);
if (netif_carrier_ok(rootdev)) {
if (!netif_carrier_ok(dev))
netif_carrier_on(dev);
} else {
if (netif_carrier_ok(dev))
netif_carrier_off(dev);
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netif_stacked_transfer_operstate);
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
static int netif_alloc_rx_queues(struct net_device *dev)
{
unsigned int i, count = dev->num_rx_queues;
struct netdev_rx_queue *rx;
BUG_ON(count < 1);
rx = kcalloc(count, sizeof(struct netdev_rx_queue), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!rx)
return -ENOMEM;
dev->_rx = rx;
for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
rx[i].dev = dev;
return 0;
}
#endif
static void netdev_init_one_queue(struct net_device *dev,
struct netdev_queue *queue, void *_unused)
{
/* Initialize queue lock */
spin_lock_init(&queue->_xmit_lock);
netdev_set_xmit_lockdep_class(&queue->_xmit_lock, dev->type);
queue->xmit_lock_owner = -1;
netdev_queue_numa_node_write(queue, NUMA_NO_NODE);
queue->dev = dev;
#ifdef CONFIG_BQL
dql_init(&queue->dql, HZ);
#endif
}
static void netif_free_tx_queues(struct net_device *dev)
{
if (is_vmalloc_addr(dev->_tx))
vfree(dev->_tx);
else
kfree(dev->_tx);
}
static int netif_alloc_netdev_queues(struct net_device *dev)
{
unsigned int count = dev->num_tx_queues;
struct netdev_queue *tx;
size_t sz = count * sizeof(*tx);
BUG_ON(count < 1 || count > 0xffff);
tx = kzalloc(sz, GFP_KERNEL | __GFP_NOWARN | __GFP_REPEAT);
if (!tx) {
tx = vzalloc(sz);
if (!tx)
return -ENOMEM;
}
dev->_tx = tx;
xps: Transmit Packet Steering This patch implements transmit packet steering (XPS) for multiqueue devices. XPS selects a transmit queue during packet transmission based on configuration. This is done by mapping the CPU transmitting the packet to a queue. This is the transmit side analogue to RPS-- where RPS is selecting a CPU based on receive queue, XPS selects a queue based on the CPU (previously there was an XPS patch from Eric Dumazet, but that might more appropriately be called transmit completion steering). Each transmit queue can be associated with a number of CPUs which will use the queue to send packets. This is configured as a CPU mask on a per queue basis in: /sys/class/net/eth<n>/queues/tx-<n>/xps_cpus The mappings are stored per device in an inverted data structure that maps CPUs to queues. In the netdevice structure this is an array of num_possible_cpu structures where each structure holds and array of queue_indexes for queues which that CPU can use. The benefits of XPS are improved locality in the per queue data structures. Also, transmit completions are more likely to be done nearer to the sending thread, so this should promote locality back to the socket on free (e.g. UDP). The benefits of XPS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. XPS would nominally be configured so that a queue would only be shared by CPUs which are sharing a cache, the degenerative configuration woud be that each CPU has it's own queue. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. bnx2x on 16 core AMD XPS (16 queues, 1 TX queue per CPU) 1234K at 100% CPU No XPS (16 queues) 996K at 100% CPU Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-11-21 21:17:27 +08:00
netdev_for_each_tx_queue(dev, netdev_init_one_queue, NULL);
spin_lock_init(&dev->tx_global_lock);
return 0;
}
/**
* register_netdevice - register a network device
* @dev: device to register
*
* Take a completed network device structure and add it to the kernel
* interfaces. A %NETDEV_REGISTER message is sent to the netdev notifier
* chain. 0 is returned on success. A negative errno code is returned
* on a failure to set up the device, or if the name is a duplicate.
*
* Callers must hold the rtnl semaphore. You may want
* register_netdev() instead of this.
*
* BUGS:
* The locking appears insufficient to guarantee two parallel registers
* will not get the same name.
*/
int register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev)
{
int ret;
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
BUG_ON(dev_boot_phase);
ASSERT_RTNL();
might_sleep();
/* When net_device's are persistent, this will be fatal. */
BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNINITIALIZED);
BUG_ON(!net);
spin_lock_init(&dev->addr_list_lock);
netdev_set_addr_lockdep_class(dev);
dev->iflink = -1;
ret = dev_get_valid_name(net, dev, dev->name);
net:set valid name before calling ndo_init() In commit 1c5cae815d19 (net: call dev_alloc_name from register_netdevice), a bug of bonding was involved, see example 1 and 2. In register_netdevice(), the name of net_device is not valid until dev_get_valid_name() is called. But dev->netdev_ops->ndo_init(that is bond_init) is called before dev_get_valid_name(), and it uses the invalid name of net_device. I think register_netdevice() should make sure that the name of net_device is valid before calling ndo_init(). example 1: modprobe bonding ls /proc/net/bonding/bond%d ps -eLf root 3398 2 3398 0 1 21:34 ? 00:00:00 [bond%d] example 2: modprobe bonding max_bonds=3 [ 170.100292] bonding: Ethernet Channel Bonding Driver: v3.7.1 (April 27, 2011) [ 170.101090] bonding: Warning: either miimon or arp_interval and arp_ip_target module parameters must be specified, otherwise bonding will not detect link failures! see bonding.txt for details. [ 170.102469] ------------[ cut here ]------------ [ 170.103150] WARNING: at /home/pwp/net-next-2.6/fs/proc/generic.c:586 proc_register+0x126/0x157() [ 170.104075] Hardware name: VirtualBox [ 170.105065] proc_dir_entry 'bonding/bond%d' already registered [ 170.105613] Modules linked in: bonding(+) sunrpc ipv6 uinput microcode ppdev parport_pc parport joydev e1000 pcspkr i2c_piix4 i2c_core [last unloaded: bonding] [ 170.108397] Pid: 3457, comm: modprobe Not tainted 2.6.39-rc2+ #14 [ 170.108935] Call Trace: [ 170.109382] [<c0438f3b>] warn_slowpath_common+0x6a/0x7f [ 170.109911] [<c051a42a>] ? proc_register+0x126/0x157 [ 170.110329] [<c0438fc3>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2b/0x2f [ 170.110846] [<c051a42a>] proc_register+0x126/0x157 [ 170.111870] [<c051a4dd>] proc_create_data+0x82/0x98 [ 170.112335] [<f94e6af6>] bond_create_proc_entry+0x3f/0x73 [bonding] [ 170.112905] [<f94dd806>] bond_init+0x77/0xa5 [bonding] [ 170.113319] [<c0721ac6>] register_netdevice+0x8c/0x1d3 [ 170.113848] [<f94e0e30>] bond_create+0x6c/0x90 [bonding] [ 170.114322] [<f94f4763>] bonding_init+0x763/0x7b1 [bonding] [ 170.114879] [<c0401240>] do_one_initcall+0x76/0x122 [ 170.115317] [<f94f4000>] ? 0xf94f3fff [ 170.115799] [<c0463f1e>] sys_init_module+0x1286/0x140d [ 170.116879] [<c07c6d9f>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x28 [ 170.117404] ---[ end trace 64e4fac3ae5fff1a ]--- [ 170.117924] bond%d: Warning: failed to register to debugfs [ 170.128728] ------------[ cut here ]------------ [ 170.129360] WARNING: at /home/pwp/net-next-2.6/fs/proc/generic.c:586 proc_register+0x126/0x157() [ 170.130323] Hardware name: VirtualBox [ 170.130797] proc_dir_entry 'bonding/bond%d' already registered [ 170.131315] Modules linked in: bonding(+) sunrpc ipv6 uinput microcode ppdev parport_pc parport joydev e1000 pcspkr i2c_piix4 i2c_core [last unloaded: bonding] [ 170.133731] Pid: 3457, comm: modprobe Tainted: G W 2.6.39-rc2+ #14 [ 170.134308] Call Trace: [ 170.134743] [<c0438f3b>] warn_slowpath_common+0x6a/0x7f [ 170.135305] [<c051a42a>] ? proc_register+0x126/0x157 [ 170.135820] [<c0438fc3>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x2b/0x2f [ 170.137168] [<c051a42a>] proc_register+0x126/0x157 [ 170.137700] [<c051a4dd>] proc_create_data+0x82/0x98 [ 170.138174] [<f94e6af6>] bond_create_proc_entry+0x3f/0x73 [bonding] [ 170.138745] [<f94dd806>] bond_init+0x77/0xa5 [bonding] [ 170.139278] [<c0721ac6>] register_netdevice+0x8c/0x1d3 [ 170.139828] [<f94e0e30>] bond_create+0x6c/0x90 [bonding] [ 170.140361] [<f94f4763>] bonding_init+0x763/0x7b1 [bonding] [ 170.140927] [<c0401240>] do_one_initcall+0x76/0x122 [ 170.141494] [<f94f4000>] ? 0xf94f3fff [ 170.141975] [<c0463f1e>] sys_init_module+0x1286/0x140d [ 170.142463] [<c07c6d9f>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x28 [ 170.142974] ---[ end trace 64e4fac3ae5fff1b ]--- [ 170.144949] bond%d: Warning: failed to register to debugfs Signed-off-by: Weiping Pan <panweiping3@gmail.com> Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-12 23:46:56 +08:00
if (ret < 0)
goto out;
/* Init, if this function is available */
if (dev->netdev_ops->ndo_init) {
ret = dev->netdev_ops->ndo_init(dev);
if (ret) {
if (ret > 0)
ret = -EIO;
goto out;
}
}
if (((dev->hw_features | dev->features) &
NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_CTAG_FILTER) &&
(!dev->netdev_ops->ndo_vlan_rx_add_vid ||
!dev->netdev_ops->ndo_vlan_rx_kill_vid)) {
netdev_WARN(dev, "Buggy VLAN acceleration in driver!\n");
ret = -EINVAL;
goto err_uninit;
}
ret = -EBUSY;
if (!dev->ifindex)
dev->ifindex = dev_new_index(net);
else if (__dev_get_by_index(net, dev->ifindex))
goto err_uninit;
if (dev->iflink == -1)
dev->iflink = dev->ifindex;
/* Transfer changeable features to wanted_features and enable
* software offloads (GSO and GRO).
*/
dev->hw_features |= NETIF_F_SOFT_FEATURES;
dev->features |= NETIF_F_SOFT_FEATURES;
dev->wanted_features = dev->features & dev->hw_features;
net: Allow no-cache copy from user on transmit This patch uses __copy_from_user_nocache on transmit to bypass data cache for a performance improvement. skb_add_data_nocache and skb_copy_to_page_nocache can be called by sendmsg functions to use this feature, initial support is in tcp_sendmsg. This functionality is configurable per device using ethtool. Presumably, this feature would only be useful when the driver does not touch the data. The feature is turned on by default if a device indicates that it does some form of checksum offload; it is off by default for devices that do no checksum offload or indicate no checksum is necessary. For the former case copy-checksum is probably done anyway, in the latter case the device is likely loopback in which case the no cache copy is probably not beneficial. This patch was tested using 200 instances of netperf TCP_RR with 1400 byte request and one byte reply. Platform is 16 core AMD x86. No-cache copy disabled: 672703 tps, 97.13% utilization 50/90/99% latency:244.31 484.205 1028.41 No-cache copy enabled: 702113 tps, 96.16% utilization, 50/90/99% latency 238.56 467.56 956.955 Using 14000 byte request and response sizes demonstrate the effects more dramatically: No-cache copy disabled: 79571 tps, 34.34 %utlization 50/90/95% latency 1584.46 2319.59 5001.76 No-cache copy enabled: 83856 tps, 34.81% utilization 50/90/95% latency 2508.42 2622.62 2735.88 Note especially the effect on latency tail (95th percentile). This seems to provide a nice performance improvement and is consistent in the tests I ran. Presumably, this would provide the greatest benfits in the presence of an application workload stressing the cache and a lot of transmit data happening. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-05 13:30:30 +08:00
/* Turn on no cache copy if HW is doing checksum */
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_LOOPBACK)) {
dev->hw_features |= NETIF_F_NOCACHE_COPY;
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM) {
dev->wanted_features |= NETIF_F_NOCACHE_COPY;
dev->features |= NETIF_F_NOCACHE_COPY;
}
net: Allow no-cache copy from user on transmit This patch uses __copy_from_user_nocache on transmit to bypass data cache for a performance improvement. skb_add_data_nocache and skb_copy_to_page_nocache can be called by sendmsg functions to use this feature, initial support is in tcp_sendmsg. This functionality is configurable per device using ethtool. Presumably, this feature would only be useful when the driver does not touch the data. The feature is turned on by default if a device indicates that it does some form of checksum offload; it is off by default for devices that do no checksum offload or indicate no checksum is necessary. For the former case copy-checksum is probably done anyway, in the latter case the device is likely loopback in which case the no cache copy is probably not beneficial. This patch was tested using 200 instances of netperf TCP_RR with 1400 byte request and one byte reply. Platform is 16 core AMD x86. No-cache copy disabled: 672703 tps, 97.13% utilization 50/90/99% latency:244.31 484.205 1028.41 No-cache copy enabled: 702113 tps, 96.16% utilization, 50/90/99% latency 238.56 467.56 956.955 Using 14000 byte request and response sizes demonstrate the effects more dramatically: No-cache copy disabled: 79571 tps, 34.34 %utlization 50/90/95% latency 1584.46 2319.59 5001.76 No-cache copy enabled: 83856 tps, 34.81% utilization 50/90/95% latency 2508.42 2622.62 2735.88 Note especially the effect on latency tail (95th percentile). This seems to provide a nice performance improvement and is consistent in the tests I ran. Presumably, this would provide the greatest benfits in the presence of an application workload stressing the cache and a lot of transmit data happening. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-05 13:30:30 +08:00
}
/* Make NETIF_F_HIGHDMA inheritable to VLAN devices.
*/
dev->vlan_features |= NETIF_F_HIGHDMA;
/* Make NETIF_F_SG inheritable to tunnel devices.
*/
dev->hw_enc_features |= NETIF_F_SG;
MPLS: Add limited GSO support In the case where a non-MPLS packet is received and an MPLS stack is added it may well be the case that the original skb is GSO but the NIC used for transmit does not support GSO of MPLS packets. The aim of this code is to provide GSO in software for MPLS packets whose skbs are GSO. SKB Usage: When an implementation adds an MPLS stack to a non-MPLS packet it should do the following to skb metadata: * Set skb->inner_protocol to the old non-MPLS ethertype of the packet. skb->inner_protocol is added by this patch. * Set skb->protocol to the new MPLS ethertype of the packet. * Set skb->network_header to correspond to the end of the L3 header, including the MPLS label stack. I have posted a patch, "[PATCH v3.29] datapath: Add basic MPLS support to kernel" which adds MPLS support to the kernel datapath of Open vSwtich. That patch sets the above requirements in datapath/actions.c:push_mpls() and was used to exercise this code. The datapath patch is against the Open vSwtich tree but it is intended that it be added to the Open vSwtich code present in the mainline Linux kernel at some point. Features: I believe that the approach that I have taken is at least partially consistent with the handling of other protocols. Jesse, I understand that you have some ideas here. I am more than happy to change my implementation. This patch adds dev->mpls_features which may be used by devices to advertise features supported for MPLS packets. A new NETIF_F_MPLS_GSO feature is added for devices which support hardware MPLS GSO offload. Currently no devices support this and MPLS GSO always falls back to software. Alternate Implementation: One possible alternate implementation is to teach netif_skb_features() and skb_network_protocol() about MPLS, in a similar way to their understanding of VLANs. I believe this would avoid the need for net/mpls/mpls_gso.c and in particular the calls to __skb_push() and __skb_push() in mpls_gso_segment(). I have decided on the implementation in this patch as it should not introduce any overhead in the case where mpls_gso is not compiled into the kernel or inserted as a module. MPLS GSO suggested by Jesse Gross. Based in part on "v4 GRE: Add TCP segmentation offload for GRE" by Pravin B Shelar. Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com> Cc: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-05-24 05:02:52 +08:00
/* Make NETIF_F_SG inheritable to MPLS.
*/
dev->mpls_features |= NETIF_F_SG;
ret = call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_POST_INIT, dev);
ret = notifier_to_errno(ret);
if (ret)
goto err_uninit;
ret = netdev_register_kobject(dev);
if (ret)
goto err_uninit;
dev->reg_state = NETREG_REGISTERED;
__netdev_update_features(dev);
/*
* Default initial state at registry is that the
* device is present.
*/
set_bit(__LINK_STATE_PRESENT, &dev->state);
net: Set device operstate at registration time The operstate of a device is initially IF_OPER_UNKNOWN and is updated asynchronously by linkwatch after each change of carrier state reported by the driver. The default carrier state of a net device is on, and this will never be changed on drivers that do not support carrier detection, thus the operstate remains IF_OPER_UNKNOWN. For devices that do support carrier detection, the driver must set the carrier state to off initially, then poll the hardware state when the device is opened. However, we must not activate linkwatch for a unregistered device, and commit b473001 ('net: Do not fire linkwatch events until the device is registered.') ensured that we don't. But this means that the operstate for many devices that support carrier detection remains IF_OPER_UNKNOWN when it should be IF_OPER_DOWN. The same issue exists with the dormant state. The proper initialisation sequence, avoiding a race with opening of the device, is: rtnl_lock(); rc = register_netdevice(dev); if (rc) goto out_unlock; netif_carrier_off(dev); /* or netif_dormant_on(dev) */ rtnl_unlock(); but it seems silly that this should have to be repeated in so many drivers. Further, the operstate seen immediately after opening the device may still be IF_OPER_UNKNOWN due to the asynchronous nature of linkwatch. Commit 22604c8 ('net: Fix for initial link state in 2.6.28') attempted to fix this by setting the operstate synchronously, but it was reverted as it could lead to deadlock. This initialises the operstate synchronously at registration time only. Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-08-21 05:16:51 +08:00
linkwatch_init_dev(dev);
dev_init_scheduler(dev);
dev_hold(dev);
list_netdevice(dev);
add_device_randomness(dev->dev_addr, dev->addr_len);
/* If the device has permanent device address, driver should
* set dev_addr and also addr_assign_type should be set to
* NET_ADDR_PERM (default value).
*/
if (dev->addr_assign_type == NET_ADDR_PERM)
memcpy(dev->perm_addr, dev->dev_addr, dev->addr_len);
/* Notify protocols, that a new device appeared. */
ret = call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_REGISTER, dev);
ret = notifier_to_errno(ret);
[NET]: Fix free_netdev on register_netdev failure. Point 1: The unregistering of a network device schedule a netdev_run_todo. This function calls dev->destructor when it is set and the destructor calls free_netdev. Point 2: In the case of an initialization of a network device the usual code is: * alloc_netdev * register_netdev -> if this one fails, call free_netdev and exit with error. Point 3: In the register_netdevice function at the later state, when the device is at the registered state, a call to the netdevice_notifiers is made. If one of the notification falls into an error, a rollback to the registered state is done using unregister_netdevice. Conclusion: When a network device fails to register during initialization because one network subsystem returned an error during a notification call chain, the network device is freed twice because of fact 1 and fact 2. The second free_netdev will be done with an invalid pointer. Proposed solution: The following patch move all the code of unregister_netdevice *except* the call to net_set_todo, to a new function "rollback_registered". The following functions are changed in this way: * register_netdevice: calls rollback_registered when a notification fails * unregister_netdevice: calls rollback_register + net_set_todo, the call order to net_set_todo is changed because it is the latest now. Since it justs add an element to a list that should not break anything. Signed-off-by: Daniel Lezcano <dlezcano@fr.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-10-31 06:38:18 +08:00
if (ret) {
rollback_registered(dev);
dev->reg_state = NETREG_UNREGISTERED;
}
/*
* Prevent userspace races by waiting until the network
* device is fully setup before sending notifications.
*/
if (!dev->rtnl_link_ops ||
dev->rtnl_link_state == RTNL_LINK_INITIALIZED)
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_NEWLINK, dev, ~0U);
out:
return ret;
err_uninit:
if (dev->netdev_ops->ndo_uninit)
dev->netdev_ops->ndo_uninit(dev);
goto out;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(register_netdevice);
/**
* init_dummy_netdev - init a dummy network device for NAPI
* @dev: device to init
*
* This takes a network device structure and initialize the minimum
* amount of fields so it can be used to schedule NAPI polls without
* registering a full blown interface. This is to be used by drivers
* that need to tie several hardware interfaces to a single NAPI
* poll scheduler due to HW limitations.
*/
int init_dummy_netdev(struct net_device *dev)
{
/* Clear everything. Note we don't initialize spinlocks
* are they aren't supposed to be taken by any of the
* NAPI code and this dummy netdev is supposed to be
* only ever used for NAPI polls
*/
memset(dev, 0, sizeof(struct net_device));
/* make sure we BUG if trying to hit standard
* register/unregister code path
*/
dev->reg_state = NETREG_DUMMY;
/* NAPI wants this */
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->napi_list);
/* a dummy interface is started by default */
set_bit(__LINK_STATE_PRESENT, &dev->state);
set_bit(__LINK_STATE_START, &dev->state);
/* Note : We dont allocate pcpu_refcnt for dummy devices,
* because users of this 'device' dont need to change
* its refcount.
*/
return 0;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(init_dummy_netdev);
/**
* register_netdev - register a network device
* @dev: device to register
*
* Take a completed network device structure and add it to the kernel
* interfaces. A %NETDEV_REGISTER message is sent to the netdev notifier
* chain. 0 is returned on success. A negative errno code is returned
* on a failure to set up the device, or if the name is a duplicate.
*
* This is a wrapper around register_netdevice that takes the rtnl semaphore
* and expands the device name if you passed a format string to
* alloc_netdev.
*/
int register_netdev(struct net_device *dev)
{
int err;
rtnl_lock();
err = register_netdevice(dev);
rtnl_unlock();
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(register_netdev);
int netdev_refcnt_read(const struct net_device *dev)
{
int i, refcnt = 0;
for_each_possible_cpu(i)
refcnt += *per_cpu_ptr(dev->pcpu_refcnt, i);
return refcnt;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_refcnt_read);
/**
* netdev_wait_allrefs - wait until all references are gone.
* @dev: target net_device
*
* This is called when unregistering network devices.
*
* Any protocol or device that holds a reference should register
* for netdevice notification, and cleanup and put back the
* reference if they receive an UNREGISTER event.
* We can get stuck here if buggy protocols don't correctly
* call dev_put.
*/
static void netdev_wait_allrefs(struct net_device *dev)
{
unsigned long rebroadcast_time, warning_time;
int refcnt;
linkwatch: linkwatch_forget_dev() to speedup device dismantle Herbert Xu a écrit : > On Tue, Nov 17, 2009 at 04:26:04AM -0800, David Miller wrote: >> Really, the link watch stuff is just due for a redesign. I don't >> think a simple hack is going to cut it this time, sorry Eric :-) > > I have no objections against any redesigns, but since the only > caller of linkwatch_forget_dev runs in process context with the > RTNL, it could also legally emit those events. Thanks guys, here an updated version then, before linkwatch surgery ? In this version, I force the event to be sent synchronously. [PATCH net-next-2.6] linkwatch: linkwatch_forget_dev() to speedup device dismantle time ip link del eth3.103 ; time ip link del eth3.104 ; time ip link del eth3.105 real 0m0.266s user 0m0.000s sys 0m0.001s real 0m0.770s user 0m0.000s sys 0m0.000s real 0m1.022s user 0m0.000s sys 0m0.000s One problem of current schem in vlan dismantle phase is the holding of device done by following chain : vlan_dev_stop() -> netif_carrier_off(dev) -> linkwatch_fire_event(dev) -> dev_hold() ... And __linkwatch_run_queue() runs up to one second later... A generic fix to this problem is to add a linkwatch_forget_dev() method to unlink the device from the list of watched devices. dev->link_watch_next becomes dev->link_watch_list (and use a bit more memory), to be able to unlink device in O(1). After patch : time ip link del eth3.103 ; time ip link del eth3.104 ; time ip link del eth3.105 real 0m0.024s user 0m0.000s sys 0m0.000s real 0m0.032s user 0m0.000s sys 0m0.001s real 0m0.033s user 0m0.000s sys 0m0.000s Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2009-11-17 13:59:21 +08:00
linkwatch_forget_dev(dev);
rebroadcast_time = warning_time = jiffies;
refcnt = netdev_refcnt_read(dev);
while (refcnt != 0) {
if (time_after(jiffies, rebroadcast_time + 1 * HZ)) {
rtnl_lock();
/* Rebroadcast unregister notification */
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
__rtnl_unlock();
rcu_barrier();
rtnl_lock();
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL, dev);
if (test_bit(__LINK_STATE_LINKWATCH_PENDING,
&dev->state)) {
/* We must not have linkwatch events
* pending on unregister. If this
* happens, we simply run the queue
* unscheduled, resulting in a noop
* for this device.
*/
linkwatch_run_queue();
}
__rtnl_unlock();
rebroadcast_time = jiffies;
}
msleep(250);
refcnt = netdev_refcnt_read(dev);
if (time_after(jiffies, warning_time + 10 * HZ)) {
pr_emerg("unregister_netdevice: waiting for %s to become free. Usage count = %d\n",
dev->name, refcnt);
warning_time = jiffies;
}
}
}
/* The sequence is:
*
* rtnl_lock();
* ...
* register_netdevice(x1);
* register_netdevice(x2);
* ...
* unregister_netdevice(y1);
* unregister_netdevice(y2);
* ...
* rtnl_unlock();
* free_netdev(y1);
* free_netdev(y2);
*
* We are invoked by rtnl_unlock().
* This allows us to deal with problems:
* 1) We can delete sysfs objects which invoke hotplug
* without deadlocking with linkwatch via keventd.
* 2) Since we run with the RTNL semaphore not held, we can sleep
* safely in order to wait for the netdev refcnt to drop to zero.
*
* We must not return until all unregister events added during
* the interval the lock was held have been completed.
*/
void netdev_run_todo(void)
{
struct list_head list;
/* Snapshot list, allow later requests */
list_replace_init(&net_todo_list, &list);
__rtnl_unlock();
/* Wait for rcu callbacks to finish before next phase */
if (!list_empty(&list))
rcu_barrier();
while (!list_empty(&list)) {
struct net_device *dev
= list_first_entry(&list, struct net_device, todo_list);
list_del(&dev->todo_list);
rtnl_lock();
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL, dev);
__rtnl_unlock();
if (unlikely(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNREGISTERING)) {
pr_err("network todo '%s' but state %d\n",
dev->name, dev->reg_state);
dump_stack();
continue;
}
dev->reg_state = NETREG_UNREGISTERED;
on_each_cpu(flush_backlog, dev, 1);
netdev_wait_allrefs(dev);
/* paranoia */
BUG_ON(netdev_refcnt_read(dev));
WARN_ON(rcu_access_pointer(dev->ip_ptr));
WARN_ON(rcu_access_pointer(dev->ip6_ptr));
WARN_ON(dev->dn_ptr);
if (dev->destructor)
dev->destructor(dev);
/* Free network device */
kobject_put(&dev->dev.kobj);
}
}
/* Convert net_device_stats to rtnl_link_stats64. They have the same
* fields in the same order, with only the type differing.
*/
void netdev_stats_to_stats64(struct rtnl_link_stats64 *stats64,
const struct net_device_stats *netdev_stats)
{
#if BITS_PER_LONG == 64
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(*stats64) != sizeof(*netdev_stats));
memcpy(stats64, netdev_stats, sizeof(*stats64));
#else
size_t i, n = sizeof(*stats64) / sizeof(u64);
const unsigned long *src = (const unsigned long *)netdev_stats;
u64 *dst = (u64 *)stats64;
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(*netdev_stats) / sizeof(unsigned long) !=
sizeof(*stats64) / sizeof(u64));
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
dst[i] = src[i];
#endif
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_stats_to_stats64);
/**
* dev_get_stats - get network device statistics
* @dev: device to get statistics from
* @storage: place to store stats
*
* Get network statistics from device. Return @storage.
* The device driver may provide its own method by setting
* dev->netdev_ops->get_stats64 or dev->netdev_ops->get_stats;
* otherwise the internal statistics structure is used.
*/
struct rtnl_link_stats64 *dev_get_stats(struct net_device *dev,
struct rtnl_link_stats64 *storage)
{
const struct net_device_ops *ops = dev->netdev_ops;
if (ops->ndo_get_stats64) {
memset(storage, 0, sizeof(*storage));
ops->ndo_get_stats64(dev, storage);
} else if (ops->ndo_get_stats) {
netdev_stats_to_stats64(storage, ops->ndo_get_stats(dev));
} else {
netdev_stats_to_stats64(storage, &dev->stats);
}
storage->rx_dropped += atomic_long_read(&dev->rx_dropped);
return storage;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(dev_get_stats);
struct netdev_queue *dev_ingress_queue_create(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct netdev_queue *queue = dev_ingress_queue(dev);
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT
if (queue)
return queue;
queue = kzalloc(sizeof(*queue), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!queue)
return NULL;
netdev_init_one_queue(dev, queue, NULL);
queue->qdisc = &noop_qdisc;
queue->qdisc_sleeping = &noop_qdisc;
rcu_assign_pointer(dev->ingress_queue, queue);
#endif
return queue;
}
static const struct ethtool_ops default_ethtool_ops;
void netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops(struct net_device *dev,
const struct ethtool_ops *ops)
{
if (dev->ethtool_ops == &default_ethtool_ops)
dev->ethtool_ops = ops;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(netdev_set_default_ethtool_ops);
/**
* alloc_netdev_mqs - allocate network device
* @sizeof_priv: size of private data to allocate space for
* @name: device name format string
* @setup: callback to initialize device
* @txqs: the number of TX subqueues to allocate
* @rxqs: the number of RX subqueues to allocate
*
* Allocates a struct net_device with private data area for driver use
* and performs basic initialization. Also allocates subquue structs
* for each queue on the device.
*/
struct net_device *alloc_netdev_mqs(int sizeof_priv, const char *name,
void (*setup)(struct net_device *),
unsigned int txqs, unsigned int rxqs)
{
struct net_device *dev;
size_t alloc_size;
struct net_device *p;
BUG_ON(strlen(name) >= sizeof(dev->name));
if (txqs < 1) {
pr_err("alloc_netdev: Unable to allocate device with zero queues\n");
return NULL;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
if (rxqs < 1) {
pr_err("alloc_netdev: Unable to allocate device with zero RX queues\n");
return NULL;
}
#endif
alloc_size = sizeof(struct net_device);
if (sizeof_priv) {
/* ensure 32-byte alignment of private area */
alloc_size = ALIGN(alloc_size, NETDEV_ALIGN);
alloc_size += sizeof_priv;
}
/* ensure 32-byte alignment of whole construct */
alloc_size += NETDEV_ALIGN - 1;
p = kzalloc(alloc_size, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!p)
return NULL;
dev = PTR_ALIGN(p, NETDEV_ALIGN);
dev->padded = (char *)dev - (char *)p;
dev->pcpu_refcnt = alloc_percpu(int);
if (!dev->pcpu_refcnt)
goto free_p;
if (dev_addr_init(dev))
goto free_pcpu;
dev_mc_init(dev);
dev_uc_init(dev);
dev_net_set(dev, &init_net);
dev->gso_max_size = GSO_MAX_SIZE;
dev->gso_max_segs = GSO_MAX_SEGS;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->napi_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->unreg_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->link_watch_list);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->upper_dev_list);
net: add lower_dev_list to net_device and make a full mesh This patch adds lower_dev_list list_head to net_device, which is the same as upper_dev_list, only for lower devices, and begins to use it in the same way as the upper list. It also changes the way the whole adjacent device lists work - now they contain *all* of upper/lower devices, not only the first level. The first level devices are distinguished by the bool neighbour field in netdev_adjacent, also added by this patch. There are cases when a device can be added several times to the adjacent list, the simplest would be: /---- eth0.10 ---\ eth0- --- bond0 \---- eth0.20 ---/ where both bond0 and eth0 'see' each other in the adjacent lists two times. To avoid duplication of netdev_adjacent structures ref_nr is being kept as the number of times the device was added to the list. The 'full view' is achieved by adding, on link creation, all of the upper_dev's upper_dev_list devices as upper devices to all of the lower_dev's lower_dev_list devices (and to the lower_dev itself), and vice versa. On unlink they are removed using the same logic. I've tested it with thousands vlans/bonds/bridges, everything works ok and no observable lags even on a huge number of interfaces. Memory footprint for 128 devices interconnected with each other via both upper and lower (which is impossible, but for the comparison) lists would be: 128*128*2*sizeof(netdev_adjacent) = 1.5MB but in the real world we usualy have at most several devices with slaves and a lot of vlans, so the footprint will be much lower. CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> CC: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com> CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us> CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com> CC: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2013-08-29 05:25:05 +08:00
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&dev->lower_dev_list);
dev->priv_flags = IFF_XMIT_DST_RELEASE;
setup(dev);
dev->num_tx_queues = txqs;
dev->real_num_tx_queues = txqs;
if (netif_alloc_netdev_queues(dev))
goto free_all;
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
dev->num_rx_queues = rxqs;
dev->real_num_rx_queues = rxqs;
if (netif_alloc_rx_queues(dev))
goto free_all;
#endif
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
strcpy(dev->name, name);
dev->group = INIT_NETDEV_GROUP;
if (!dev->ethtool_ops)
dev->ethtool_ops = &default_ethtool_ops;
return dev;
free_all:
free_netdev(dev);
return NULL;
free_pcpu:
free_percpu(dev->pcpu_refcnt);
netif_free_tx_queues(dev);
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
kfree(dev->_rx);
#endif
free_p:
kfree(p);
return NULL;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(alloc_netdev_mqs);
/**
* free_netdev - free network device
* @dev: device
*
* This function does the last stage of destroying an allocated device
* interface. The reference to the device object is released.
* If this is the last reference then it will be freed.
*/
void free_netdev(struct net_device *dev)
{
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
struct napi_struct *p, *n;
release_net(dev_net(dev));
netif_free_tx_queues(dev);
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
kfree(dev->_rx);
#endif
kfree(rcu_dereference_protected(dev->ingress_queue, 1));
/* Flush device addresses */
dev_addr_flush(dev);
net: Add Generic Receive Offload infrastructure This patch adds the top-level GRO (Generic Receive Offload) infrastructure. This is pretty similar to LRO except that this is protocol-independent. Instead of holding packets in an lro_mgr structure, they're now held in napi_struct. For drivers that intend to use this, they can set the NETIF_F_GRO bit and call napi_gro_receive instead of netif_receive_skb or just call netif_rx. The latter will call napi_receive_skb automatically. When napi_gro_receive is used, the driver must either call napi_complete/napi_rx_complete, or call napi_gro_flush in softirq context if the driver uses the primitives __napi_complete/__napi_rx_complete. Protocols will set the gro_receive and gro_complete function pointers in order to participate in this scheme. In addition to the packet, gro_receive will get a list of currently held packets. Each packet in the list has a same_flow field which is non-zero if it is a potential match for the new packet. For each packet that may match, they also have a flush field which is non-zero if the held packet must not be merged with the new packet. Once gro_receive has determined that the new skb matches a held packet, the held packet may be processed immediately if the new skb cannot be merged with it. In this case gro_receive should return the pointer to the existing skb in gro_list. Otherwise the new skb should be merged into the existing packet and NULL should be returned, unless the new skb makes it impossible for any further merges to be made (e.g., FIN packet) where the merged skb should be returned. Whenever the skb is merged into an existing entry, the gro_receive function should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->same_flow. Note that if an skb merely matches an existing entry but can't be merged with it, then this shouldn't be set. If gro_receive finds it pointless to hold the new skb for future merging, it should set NAPI_GRO_CB(skb)->flush. Held packets will be flushed by napi_gro_flush which is called by napi_complete and napi_rx_complete. Currently held packets are stored in a singly liked list just like LRO. The list is limited to a maximum of 8 entries. In future, this may be expanded to use a hash table to allow more flows to be held for merging. Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2008-12-16 15:38:52 +08:00
list_for_each_entry_safe(p, n, &dev->napi_list, dev_list)
netif_napi_del(p);
free_percpu(dev->pcpu_refcnt);
dev->pcpu_refcnt = NULL;
/* Compatibility with error handling in drivers */
if (dev->reg_state == NETREG_UNINITIALIZED) {
kfree((char *)dev - dev->padded);
return;
}
BUG_ON(dev->reg_state != NETREG_UNREGISTERED);
dev->reg_state = NETREG_RELEASED;
/* will free via device release */
put_device(&dev->dev);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(free_netdev);
/**
* synchronize_net - Synchronize with packet receive processing
*
* Wait for packets currently being received to be done.
* Does not block later packets from starting.
*/
void synchronize_net(void)
{
might_sleep();
net: use synchronize_rcu_expedited() synchronize_rcu() is very slow in various situations (HZ=100, CONFIG_NO_HZ=y, CONFIG_PREEMPT=n) Extract from my (mostly idle) 8 core machine : synchronize_rcu() in 99985 us synchronize_rcu() in 79982 us synchronize_rcu() in 87612 us synchronize_rcu() in 79827 us synchronize_rcu() in 109860 us synchronize_rcu() in 98039 us synchronize_rcu() in 89841 us synchronize_rcu() in 79842 us synchronize_rcu() in 80151 us synchronize_rcu() in 119833 us synchronize_rcu() in 99858 us synchronize_rcu() in 73999 us synchronize_rcu() in 79855 us synchronize_rcu() in 79853 us When we hold RTNL mutex, we would like to spend some cpu cycles but not block too long other processes waiting for this mutex. We also want to setup/dismantle network features as fast as possible at boot/shutdown time. This patch makes synchronize_net() call the expedited version if RTNL is locked. synchronize_rcu_expedited() typical delay is about 20 us on my machine. synchronize_rcu_expedited() in 18 us synchronize_rcu_expedited() in 18 us synchronize_rcu_expedited() in 18 us synchronize_rcu_expedited() in 18 us synchronize_rcu_expedited() in 20 us synchronize_rcu_expedited() in 16 us synchronize_rcu_expedited() in 20 us synchronize_rcu_expedited() in 18 us synchronize_rcu_expedited() in 18 us Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> CC: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> CC: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com> Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-05-24 07:07:32 +08:00
if (rtnl_is_locked())
synchronize_rcu_expedited();
else
synchronize_rcu();
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(synchronize_net);
/**
* unregister_netdevice_queue - remove device from the kernel
* @dev: device
* @head: list
*
* This function shuts down a device interface and removes it
* from the kernel tables.
* If head not NULL, device is queued to be unregistered later.
*
* Callers must hold the rtnl semaphore. You may want
* unregister_netdev() instead of this.
*/
void unregister_netdevice_queue(struct net_device *dev, struct list_head *head)
{
ASSERT_RTNL();
if (head) {
list_move_tail(&dev->unreg_list, head);
} else {
rollback_registered(dev);
/* Finish processing unregister after unlock */
net_set_todo(dev);
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(unregister_netdevice_queue);
/**
* unregister_netdevice_many - unregister many devices
* @head: list of devices
*/
void unregister_netdevice_many(struct list_head *head)
{
struct net_device *dev;
if (!list_empty(head)) {
rollback_registered_many(head);
list_for_each_entry(dev, head, unreg_list)
net_set_todo(dev);
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(unregister_netdevice_many);
/**
* unregister_netdev - remove device from the kernel
* @dev: device
*
* This function shuts down a device interface and removes it
* from the kernel tables.
*
* This is just a wrapper for unregister_netdevice that takes
* the rtnl semaphore. In general you want to use this and not
* unregister_netdevice.
*/
void unregister_netdev(struct net_device *dev)
{
rtnl_lock();
unregister_netdevice(dev);
rtnl_unlock();
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(unregister_netdev);
/**
* dev_change_net_namespace - move device to different nethost namespace
* @dev: device
* @net: network namespace
* @pat: If not NULL name pattern to try if the current device name
* is already taken in the destination network namespace.
*
* This function shuts down a device interface and moves it
* to a new network namespace. On success 0 is returned, on
* a failure a netagive errno code is returned.
*
* Callers must hold the rtnl semaphore.
*/
int dev_change_net_namespace(struct net_device *dev, struct net *net, const char *pat)
{
int err;
ASSERT_RTNL();
/* Don't allow namespace local devices to be moved. */
err = -EINVAL;
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL)
goto out;
/* Ensure the device has been registrered */
if (dev->reg_state != NETREG_REGISTERED)
goto out;
/* Get out if there is nothing todo */
err = 0;
if (net_eq(dev_net(dev), net))
goto out;
/* Pick the destination device name, and ensure
* we can use it in the destination network namespace.
*/
err = -EEXIST;
if (__dev_get_by_name(net, dev->name)) {
/* We get here if we can't use the current device name */
if (!pat)
goto out;
if (dev_get_valid_name(net, dev, pat) < 0)
goto out;
}
/*
* And now a mini version of register_netdevice unregister_netdevice.
*/
/* If device is running close it first. */
dev_close(dev);
/* And unlink it from device chain */
err = -ENODEV;
unlist_netdevice(dev);
synchronize_net();
/* Shutdown queueing discipline. */
dev_shutdown(dev);
/* Notify protocols, that we are about to destroy
this device. They should clean all the things.
Note that dev->reg_state stays at NETREG_REGISTERED.
This is wanted because this way 8021q and macvlan know
the device is just moving and can keep their slaves up.
*/
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER, dev);
rcu_barrier();
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_UNREGISTER_FINAL, dev);
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_DELLINK, dev, ~0U);
/*
* Flush the unicast and multicast chains
*/
dev_uc_flush(dev);
dev_mc_flush(dev);
net: dev_change_net_namespace: send a KOBJ_REMOVED/KOBJ_ADD When a new nic is created in namespace ns1, the kernel sends a KOBJ_ADD uevent to ns1. When the nic is moved to ns2, we only send a KOBJ_MOVE to ns2, and nothing to ns1. This patch changes that behavior so that when moving a nic from ns1 to ns2, we send a KOBJ_REMOVED to ns1 and KOBJ_ADD to ns2. (The KOBJ_MOVE is still sent to ns2). The effects of this can be seen when starting and stopping containers in an upstart based host. Lxc will create a pair of veth nics, the kernel sends KOBJ_ADD, and upstart starts network-instance jobs for each. When one nic is moved to the container, because no KOBJ_REMOVED event is received, the network-instance job for that veth never goes away. This was reported at https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/lxc/+bug/1065589 With this patch the networ-instance jobs properly go away. The other oddness solved here is that if a nic is passed into a running upstart-based container, without this patch no network-instance job is started in the container. But when the container creates a new nic itself (ip link add new type veth) then network-interface jobs are created. With this patch, behavior comes in line with a regular host. v2: also send KOBJ_ADD to new netns. There will then be a _MOVE event from the device_rename() call, but that should be innocuous. Signed-off-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com> Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-12-04 00:17:12 +08:00
/* Send a netdev-removed uevent to the old namespace */
kobject_uevent(&dev->dev.kobj, KOBJ_REMOVE);
/* Actually switch the network namespace */
dev_net_set(dev, net);
/* If there is an ifindex conflict assign a new one */
if (__dev_get_by_index(net, dev->ifindex)) {
int iflink = (dev->iflink == dev->ifindex);
dev->ifindex = dev_new_index(net);
if (iflink)
dev->iflink = dev->ifindex;
}
net: dev_change_net_namespace: send a KOBJ_REMOVED/KOBJ_ADD When a new nic is created in namespace ns1, the kernel sends a KOBJ_ADD uevent to ns1. When the nic is moved to ns2, we only send a KOBJ_MOVE to ns2, and nothing to ns1. This patch changes that behavior so that when moving a nic from ns1 to ns2, we send a KOBJ_REMOVED to ns1 and KOBJ_ADD to ns2. (The KOBJ_MOVE is still sent to ns2). The effects of this can be seen when starting and stopping containers in an upstart based host. Lxc will create a pair of veth nics, the kernel sends KOBJ_ADD, and upstart starts network-instance jobs for each. When one nic is moved to the container, because no KOBJ_REMOVED event is received, the network-instance job for that veth never goes away. This was reported at https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/lxc/+bug/1065589 With this patch the networ-instance jobs properly go away. The other oddness solved here is that if a nic is passed into a running upstart-based container, without this patch no network-instance job is started in the container. But when the container creates a new nic itself (ip link add new type veth) then network-interface jobs are created. With this patch, behavior comes in line with a regular host. v2: also send KOBJ_ADD to new netns. There will then be a _MOVE event from the device_rename() call, but that should be innocuous. Signed-off-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com> Acked-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2012-12-04 00:17:12 +08:00
/* Send a netdev-add uevent to the new namespace */
kobject_uevent(&dev->dev.kobj, KOBJ_ADD);
/* Fixup kobjects */
err = device_rename(&dev->dev, dev->name);
WARN_ON(err);
/* Add the device back in the hashes */
list_netdevice(dev);
/* Notify protocols, that a new device appeared. */
call_netdevice_notifiers(NETDEV_REGISTER, dev);
/*
* Prevent userspace races by waiting until the network
* device is fully setup before sending notifications.
*/
rtmsg_ifinfo(RTM_NEWLINK, dev, ~0U);
synchronize_net();
err = 0;
out:
return err;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(dev_change_net_namespace);
static int dev_cpu_callback(struct notifier_block *nfb,
unsigned long action,
void *ocpu)
{
struct sk_buff **list_skb;
struct sk_buff *skb;
unsigned int cpu, oldcpu = (unsigned long)ocpu;
struct softnet_data *sd, *oldsd;
if (action != CPU_DEAD && action != CPU_DEAD_FROZEN)
return NOTIFY_OK;
local_irq_disable();
cpu = smp_processor_id();
sd = &per_cpu(softnet_data, cpu);
oldsd = &per_cpu(softnet_data, oldcpu);
/* Find end of our completion_queue. */
list_skb = &sd->completion_queue;
while (*list_skb)
list_skb = &(*list_skb)->next;
/* Append completion queue from offline CPU. */
*list_skb = oldsd->completion_queue;
oldsd->completion_queue = NULL;
/* Append output queue from offline CPU. */
if (oldsd->output_queue) {
*sd->output_queue_tailp = oldsd->output_queue;
sd->output_queue_tailp = oldsd->output_queue_tailp;
oldsd->output_queue = NULL;
oldsd->output_queue_tailp = &oldsd->output_queue;
}
/* Append NAPI poll list from offline CPU. */
if (!list_empty(&oldsd->poll_list)) {
list_splice_init(&oldsd->poll_list, &sd->poll_list);
raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_RX_SOFTIRQ);
}
raise_softirq_irqoff(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ);
local_irq_enable();
/* Process offline CPU's input_pkt_queue */
while ((skb = __skb_dequeue(&oldsd->process_queue))) {
netif_rx(skb);
input_queue_head_incr(oldsd);
rfs: Receive Flow Steering This patch implements receive flow steering (RFS). RFS steers received packets for layer 3 and 4 processing to the CPU where the application for the corresponding flow is running. RFS is an extension of Receive Packet Steering (RPS). The basic idea of RFS is that when an application calls recvmsg (or sendmsg) the application's running CPU is stored in a hash table that is indexed by the connection's rxhash which is stored in the socket structure. The rxhash is passed in skb's received on the connection from netif_receive_skb. For each received packet, the associated rxhash is used to look up the CPU in the hash table, if a valid CPU is set then the packet is steered to that CPU using the RPS mechanisms. The convolution of the simple approach is that it would potentially allow OOO packets. If threads are thrashing around CPUs or multiple threads are trying to read from the same sockets, a quickly changing CPU value in the hash table could cause rampant OOO packets-- we consider this a non-starter. To avoid OOO packets, this solution implements two types of hash tables: rps_sock_flow_table and rps_dev_flow_table. rps_sock_table is a global hash table. Each entry is just a CPU number and it is populated in recvmsg and sendmsg as described above. This table contains the "desired" CPUs for flows. rps_dev_flow_table is specific to each device queue. Each entry contains a CPU and a tail queue counter. The CPU is the "current" CPU for a matching flow. The tail queue counter holds the value of a tail queue counter for the associated CPU's backlog queue at the time of last enqueue for a flow matching the entry. Each backlog queue has a queue head counter which is incremented on dequeue, and so a queue tail counter is computed as queue head count + queue length. When a packet is enqueued on a backlog queue, the current value of the queue tail counter is saved in the hash entry of the rps_dev_flow_table. And now the trick: when selecting the CPU for RPS (get_rps_cpu) the rps_sock_flow table and the rps_dev_flow table for the RX queue are consulted. When the desired CPU for the flow (found in the rps_sock_flow table) does not match the current CPU (found in the rps_dev_flow table), the current CPU is changed to the desired CPU if one of the following is true: - The current CPU is unset (equal to RPS_NO_CPU) - Current CPU is offline - The current CPU's queue head counter >= queue tail counter in the rps_dev_flow table. This checks if the queue tail has advanced beyond the last packet that was enqueued using this table entry. This guarantees that all packets queued using this entry have been dequeued, thus preserving in order delivery. Making each queue have its own rps_dev_flow table has two advantages: 1) the tail queue counters will be written on each receive, so keeping the table local to interrupting CPU s good for locality. 2) this allows lockless access to the table-- the CPU number and queue tail counter need to be accessed together under mutual exclusion from netif_receive_skb, we assume that this is only called from device napi_poll which is non-reentrant. This patch implements RFS for TCP and connected UDP sockets. It should be usable for other flow oriented protocols. There are two configuration parameters for RFS. The "rps_flow_entries" kernel init parameter sets the number of entries in the rps_sock_flow_table, the per rxqueue sysfs entry "rps_flow_cnt" contains the number of entries in the rps_dev_flow table for the rxqueue. Both are rounded to power of two. The obvious benefit of RFS (over just RPS) is that it achieves CPU locality between the receive processing for a flow and the applications processing; this can result in increased performance (higher pps, lower latency). The benefits of RFS are dependent on cache hierarchy, application load, and other factors. On simple benchmarks, we don't necessarily see improvement and sometimes see degradation. However, for more complex benchmarks and for applications where cache pressure is much higher this technique seems to perform very well. Below are some benchmark results which show the potential benfit of this patch. The netperf test has 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. The RPC test is an request/response test similar in structure to netperf RR test ith 100 threads on each host, but does more work in userspace that netperf. e1000e on 8 core Intel No RFS or RPS 104K tps at 30% CPU No RFS (best RPS config): 290K tps at 63% CPU RFS 303K tps at 61% CPU RPC test tps CPU% 50/90/99% usec latency Latency StdDev No RFS/RPS 103K 48% 757/900/3185 4472.35 RPS only: 174K 73% 415/993/2468 491.66 RFS 223K 73% 379/651/1382 315.61 Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-04-17 07:01:27 +08:00
}
while ((skb = __skb_dequeue(&oldsd->input_pkt_queue))) {
netif_rx(skb);
input_queue_head_incr(oldsd);
}
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
/**
* netdev_increment_features - increment feature set by one
* @all: current feature set
* @one: new feature set
* @mask: mask feature set
*
* Computes a new feature set after adding a device with feature set
* @one to the master device with current feature set @all. Will not
* enable anything that is off in @mask. Returns the new feature set.
*/
netdev_features_t netdev_increment_features(netdev_features_t all,
netdev_features_t one, netdev_features_t mask)
{
if (mask & NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM)
mask |= NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM;
mask |= NETIF_F_VLAN_CHALLENGED;
all |= one & (NETIF_F_ONE_FOR_ALL|NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM) & mask;
all &= one | ~NETIF_F_ALL_FOR_ALL;
net: Allow no-cache copy from user on transmit This patch uses __copy_from_user_nocache on transmit to bypass data cache for a performance improvement. skb_add_data_nocache and skb_copy_to_page_nocache can be called by sendmsg functions to use this feature, initial support is in tcp_sendmsg. This functionality is configurable per device using ethtool. Presumably, this feature would only be useful when the driver does not touch the data. The feature is turned on by default if a device indicates that it does some form of checksum offload; it is off by default for devices that do no checksum offload or indicate no checksum is necessary. For the former case copy-checksum is probably done anyway, in the latter case the device is likely loopback in which case the no cache copy is probably not beneficial. This patch was tested using 200 instances of netperf TCP_RR with 1400 byte request and one byte reply. Platform is 16 core AMD x86. No-cache copy disabled: 672703 tps, 97.13% utilization 50/90/99% latency:244.31 484.205 1028.41 No-cache copy enabled: 702113 tps, 96.16% utilization, 50/90/99% latency 238.56 467.56 956.955 Using 14000 byte request and response sizes demonstrate the effects more dramatically: No-cache copy disabled: 79571 tps, 34.34 %utlization 50/90/95% latency 1584.46 2319.59 5001.76 No-cache copy enabled: 83856 tps, 34.81% utilization 50/90/95% latency 2508.42 2622.62 2735.88 Note especially the effect on latency tail (95th percentile). This seems to provide a nice performance improvement and is consistent in the tests I ran. Presumably, this would provide the greatest benfits in the presence of an application workload stressing the cache and a lot of transmit data happening. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2011-04-05 13:30:30 +08:00
/* If one device supports hw checksumming, set for all. */
if (all & NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM)
all &= ~(NETIF_F_ALL_CSUM & ~NETIF_F_GEN_CSUM);
return all;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_increment_features);
static struct hlist_head * __net_init netdev_create_hash(void)
{
int i;
struct hlist_head *hash;
hash = kmalloc(sizeof(*hash) * NETDEV_HASHENTRIES, GFP_KERNEL);
if (hash != NULL)
for (i = 0; i < NETDEV_HASHENTRIES; i++)
INIT_HLIST_HEAD(&hash[i]);
return hash;
}
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
/* Initialize per network namespace state */
static int __net_init netdev_init(struct net *net)
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
{
if (net != &init_net)
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&net->dev_base_head);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
net->dev_name_head = netdev_create_hash();
if (net->dev_name_head == NULL)
goto err_name;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
net->dev_index_head = netdev_create_hash();
if (net->dev_index_head == NULL)
goto err_idx;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
return 0;
err_idx:
kfree(net->dev_name_head);
err_name:
return -ENOMEM;
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
}
/**
* netdev_drivername - network driver for the device
* @dev: network device
*
* Determine network driver for device.
*/
const char *netdev_drivername(const struct net_device *dev)
{
const struct device_driver *driver;
const struct device *parent;
const char *empty = "";
parent = dev->dev.parent;
if (!parent)
return empty;
driver = parent->driver;
if (driver && driver->name)
return driver->name;
return empty;
}
static int __netdev_printk(const char *level, const struct net_device *dev,
struct va_format *vaf)
{
int r;
if (dev && dev->dev.parent) {
r = dev_printk_emit(level[1] - '0',
dev->dev.parent,
"%s %s %s: %pV",
dev_driver_string(dev->dev.parent),
dev_name(dev->dev.parent),
netdev_name(dev), vaf);
} else if (dev) {
r = printk("%s%s: %pV", level, netdev_name(dev), vaf);
} else {
r = printk("%s(NULL net_device): %pV", level, vaf);
}
return r;
}
int netdev_printk(const char *level, const struct net_device *dev,
const char *format, ...)
{
struct va_format vaf;
va_list args;
int r;
va_start(args, format);
vaf.fmt = format;
vaf.va = &args;
r = __netdev_printk(level, dev, &vaf);
va_end(args);
return r;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(netdev_printk);
#define define_netdev_printk_level(func, level) \
int func(const struct net_device *dev, const char *fmt, ...) \
{ \
int r; \
struct va_format vaf; \
va_list args; \
\
va_start(args, fmt); \
\
vaf.fmt = fmt; \
vaf.va = &args; \
\
r = __netdev_printk(level, dev, &vaf); \
\
va_end(args); \
\
return r; \
} \
EXPORT_SYMBOL(func);
define_netdev_printk_level(netdev_emerg, KERN_EMERG);
define_netdev_printk_level(netdev_alert, KERN_ALERT);
define_netdev_printk_level(netdev_crit, KERN_CRIT);
define_netdev_printk_level(netdev_err, KERN_ERR);
define_netdev_printk_level(netdev_warn, KERN_WARNING);
define_netdev_printk_level(netdev_notice, KERN_NOTICE);
define_netdev_printk_level(netdev_info, KERN_INFO);
static void __net_exit netdev_exit(struct net *net)
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
{
kfree(net->dev_name_head);
kfree(net->dev_index_head);
}
static struct pernet_operations __net_initdata netdev_net_ops = {
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
.init = netdev_init,
.exit = netdev_exit,
};
static void __net_exit default_device_exit(struct net *net)
{
struct net_device *dev, *aux;
/*
* Push all migratable network devices back to the
* initial network namespace
*/
rtnl_lock();
for_each_netdev_safe(net, dev, aux) {
int err;
char fb_name[IFNAMSIZ];
/* Ignore unmoveable devices (i.e. loopback) */
if (dev->features & NETIF_F_NETNS_LOCAL)
continue;
/* Leave virtual devices for the generic cleanup */
if (dev->rtnl_link_ops)
continue;
/* Push remaining network devices to init_net */
snprintf(fb_name, IFNAMSIZ, "dev%d", dev->ifindex);
err = dev_change_net_namespace(dev, &init_net, fb_name);
if (err) {
pr_emerg("%s: failed to move %s to init_net: %d\n",
__func__, dev->name, err);
BUG();
}
}
rtnl_unlock();
}
static void __net_exit default_device_exit_batch(struct list_head *net_list)
{
/* At exit all network devices most be removed from a network
* namespace. Do this in the reverse order of registration.
* Do this across as many network namespaces as possible to
* improve batching efficiency.
*/
struct net_device *dev;
struct net *net;
LIST_HEAD(dev_kill_list);
rtnl_lock();
list_for_each_entry(net, net_list, exit_list) {
for_each_netdev_reverse(net, dev) {
if (dev->rtnl_link_ops)
dev->rtnl_link_ops->dellink(dev, &dev_kill_list);
else
unregister_netdevice_queue(dev, &dev_kill_list);
}
}
unregister_netdevice_many(&dev_kill_list);
list_del(&dev_kill_list);
rtnl_unlock();
}
static struct pernet_operations __net_initdata default_device_ops = {
.exit = default_device_exit,
.exit_batch = default_device_exit_batch,
};
/*
* Initialize the DEV module. At boot time this walks the device list and
* unhooks any devices that fail to initialise (normally hardware not
* present) and leaves us with a valid list of present and active devices.
*
*/
/*
* This is called single threaded during boot, so no need
* to take the rtnl semaphore.
*/
static int __init net_dev_init(void)
{
int i, rc = -ENOMEM;
BUG_ON(!dev_boot_phase);
if (dev_proc_init())
goto out;
if (netdev_kobject_init())
goto out;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&ptype_all);
for (i = 0; i < PTYPE_HASH_SIZE; i++)
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&ptype_base[i]);
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&offload_base);
[NET]: Make the device list and device lookups per namespace. This patch makes most of the generic device layer network namespace safe. This patch makes dev_base_head a network namespace variable, and then it picks up a few associated variables. The functions: dev_getbyhwaddr dev_getfirsthwbytype dev_get_by_flags dev_get_by_name __dev_get_by_name dev_get_by_index __dev_get_by_index dev_ioctl dev_ethtool dev_load wireless_process_ioctl were modified to take a network namespace argument, and deal with it. vlan_ioctl_set and brioctl_set were modified so their hooks will receive a network namespace argument. So basically anthing in the core of the network stack that was affected to by the change of dev_base was modified to handle multiple network namespaces. The rest of the network stack was simply modified to explicitly use &init_net the initial network namespace. This can be fixed when those components of the network stack are modified to handle multiple network namespaces. For now the ifindex generator is left global. Fundametally ifindex numbers are per namespace, or else we will have corner case problems with migration when we get that far. At the same time there are assumptions in the network stack that the ifindex of a network device won't change. Making the ifindex number global seems a good compromise until the network stack can cope with ifindex changes when you change namespaces, and the like. Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2007-09-18 02:56:21 +08:00
if (register_pernet_subsys(&netdev_net_ops))
goto out;
/*
* Initialise the packet receive queues.
*/
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
struct softnet_data *sd = &per_cpu(softnet_data, i);
memset(sd, 0, sizeof(*sd));
skb_queue_head_init(&sd->input_pkt_queue);
skb_queue_head_init(&sd->process_queue);
sd->completion_queue = NULL;
INIT_LIST_HEAD(&sd->poll_list);
sd->output_queue = NULL;
sd->output_queue_tailp = &sd->output_queue;
#ifdef CONFIG_RPS
sd->csd.func = rps_trigger_softirq;
sd->csd.info = sd;
sd->csd.flags = 0;
sd->cpu = i;
#endif
rps: Receive Packet Steering This patch implements software receive side packet steering (RPS). RPS distributes the load of received packet processing across multiple CPUs. Problem statement: Protocol processing done in the NAPI context for received packets is serialized per device queue and becomes a bottleneck under high packet load. This substantially limits pps that can be achieved on a single queue NIC and provides no scaling with multiple cores. This solution queues packets early on in the receive path on the backlog queues of other CPUs. This allows protocol processing (e.g. IP and TCP) to be performed on packets in parallel. For each device (or each receive queue in a multi-queue device) a mask of CPUs is set to indicate the CPUs that can process packets. A CPU is selected on a per packet basis by hashing contents of the packet header (e.g. the TCP or UDP 4-tuple) and using the result to index into the CPU mask. The IPI mechanism is used to raise networking receive softirqs between CPUs. This effectively emulates in software what a multi-queue NIC can provide, but is generic requiring no device support. Many devices now provide a hash over the 4-tuple on a per packet basis (e.g. the Toeplitz hash). This patch allow drivers to set the HW reported hash in an skb field, and that value in turn is used to index into the RPS maps. Using the HW generated hash can avoid cache misses on the packet when steering it to a remote CPU. The CPU mask is set on a per device and per queue basis in the sysfs variable /sys/class/net/<device>/queues/rx-<n>/rps_cpus. This is a set of canonical bit maps for receive queues in the device (numbered by <n>). If a device does not support multi-queue, a single variable is used for the device (rx-0). Generally, we have found this technique increases pps capabilities of a single queue device with good CPU utilization. Optimal settings for the CPU mask seem to depend on architectures and cache hierarcy. Below are some results running 500 instances of netperf TCP_RR test with 1 byte req. and resp. Results show cumulative transaction rate and system CPU utilization. e1000e on 8 core Intel Without RPS: 108K tps at 33% CPU With RPS: 311K tps at 64% CPU forcedeth on 16 core AMD Without RPS: 156K tps at 15% CPU With RPS: 404K tps at 49% CPU bnx2x on 16 core AMD Without RPS 567K tps at 61% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Without RPS 738K tps at 96% CPU (8 HW RX queues) With RPS: 854K tps at 76% CPU (4 HW RX queues) Caveats: - The benefits of this patch are dependent on architecture and cache hierarchy. Tuning the masks to get best performance is probably necessary. - This patch adds overhead in the path for processing a single packet. In a lightly loaded server this overhead may eliminate the advantages of increased parallelism, and possibly cause some relative performance degradation. We have found that masks that are cache aware (share same caches with the interrupting CPU) mitigate much of this. - The RPS masks can be changed dynamically, however whenever the mask is changed this introduces the possibility of generating out of order packets. It's probably best not change the masks too frequently. Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com> include/linux/netdevice.h | 32 ++++- include/linux/skbuff.h | 3 + net/core/dev.c | 335 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-------- net/core/net-sysfs.c | 225 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- net/core/skbuff.c | 2 + 5 files changed, 538 insertions(+), 59 deletions(-) Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2010-03-16 16:03:29 +08:00
sd->backlog.poll = process_backlog;
sd->backlog.weight = weight_p;
sd->backlog.gro_list = NULL;
sd->backlog.gro_count = 0;
#ifdef CONFIG_NET_FLOW_LIMIT
sd->flow_limit = NULL;
#endif
}
dev_boot_phase = 0;
/* The loopback device is special if any other network devices
* is present in a network namespace the loopback device must
* be present. Since we now dynamically allocate and free the
* loopback device ensure this invariant is maintained by
* keeping the loopback device as the first device on the
* list of network devices. Ensuring the loopback devices
* is the first device that appears and the last network device
* that disappears.
*/
if (register_pernet_device(&loopback_net_ops))
goto out;
if (register_pernet_device(&default_device_ops))
goto out;
open_softirq(NET_TX_SOFTIRQ, net_tx_action);
open_softirq(NET_RX_SOFTIRQ, net_rx_action);
hotcpu_notifier(dev_cpu_callback, 0);
dst_init();
rc = 0;
out:
return rc;
}
subsys_initcall(net_dev_init);